AMP INC
10-K, 1999-03-26
ELECTRONIC CONNECTORS
Previous: AT&T CORP, S-4, 1999-03-26
Next: AMPCO PITTSBURGH CORP, S-8, 1999-03-26




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                       ----------------------------------
                                   FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   (Mark One)
      [ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
            EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
 
            For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

                                       OR
      [   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
            THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
            For the transition period from          to

                           Commission File No. 1-4235

                               AMP Incorporated
      --------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


            Pennsylvania                              23-0332575
    ---------------------------------             -------------------
     (State or Other Jurisdiction                 (I.R.S. Employer
    of Incorporation or Organization)             Identification No.)

         PO Box 3608
         Harrisburg, Pennsylvania                     17105-3608
   ----------------------------------------         --------------
   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)           (Zip Code)

      Registrant's telephone number, including area code   (717) 564-0100
                                                           --------------

      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                 Name of Each Exchange on
          Title of Each Class                        Which Registered

      Common Stock (without Par Value)                   New York
(Outstanding at 3/10/99 - 219,071,968 shares)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                      None
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                                             Yes [X] .   No [  ] .

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

     Aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of March 10, 1999: $11,625,742,458 (215,291,527 shares at $54.00
per share). For purposes of the foregoing calculation, all directors and
executive officers have been deemed to be affiliates, but such assumption should
not be construed as a determination by the registrant that all such individuals
are in fact affiliates of the registrant.

===============================================================================
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
     
     1.   Cited portions of the AMP Incorporated Report on Form 10-Q for the
          quarter ended September 30, 1998.


                  10-K REPORT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
PART I.

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

     AMP Incorporated designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of
electronic, electrical and electro-optic connection devices and an expanding
number of interconnection systems and connector-intensive assemblies. The
Company's products have potential uses wherever an electronic, electrical,
computer or telecommunications system is involved, and are becoming increasingly
critical to the performance of these systems as voice, data and video
communications converge. The Company's customers are as diverse as the products
themselves, and include such differing types of accounts as original equipment
manufacturers and their subcontractors, utilities, government agencies,
distributors, value-added resellers, and customers who install, maintain and
repair equipment. The industries covered by these accounts include automotive,
power technology, computer/consumer, communications equipment, industrial and
end user. The Company markets its products worldwide primarily through its own
direct sales force, but also through distributors and value-added resellers to
respond to customer buying preferences. In 1998, 83% of product was sold through
direct channels to market and 17% through distribution. The Company has
established facilities in 53 countries to serve customers in the current and
emerging markets throughout the world. The Company is positioning itself to be a
market-driven, "GLOBE-ABLE" organization.

     The Company was incorporated in 1941 as a New Jersey corporation under the
name Aircraft-Marine Products, Inc. At that time the focus of the Company's
operations was the terminal business. In 1952 the Company established its first
international operations, located in Canada and France. In 1956 the Company
changed its name to AMP Incorporated and became publicly owned. During the 1960s
and 1970s the Company expanded its focus to varying types of connectors,
including those required in the computer industry. The Company reincorporated in
Pennsylvania in 1989. The world leader in electronic/electrical connection
devices and associated application tools and machines, over the past 5 years the
Company has been diversifying into total interconnection systems, related
components, and connector-intensive assemblies. At the end of 1998 the Company
employed approximately 48,500 people worldwide.

     Markets
     -------
     The Company serves over 91,000 customers located in over 143 countries,
covering many diverse markets. Key financial measures charting the development
of the Company's business during the past five years are set forth in the
"Historical Data" table in Part II, Item 6 of this Report. The Company's
diversification of worldwide sales is evidenced by the following table:

GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS                   1998      1997      1996     
(percent)

     Americas                          50        50        49      
     Europe/Middle East/Africa         30        30        32      
     Asia/Pacific                      20        20        19      

For 1998, the Company's sales were distributed across general markets as
follows:

MARKETS
(percent)

     Computer/Consumer                     20
     Communications Equipment              15
     Automotive                            26
     Industrial                            21
     End User                              11
     All Other                              7

     The business in which the Company is engaged is highly competitive. The
number of competitors is estimated at over 1,600 worldwide, and the Company
faces aggressive direct and indirect competition for all its products. The
markets served by the Company have generally been growing as a whole in spite of
increasing price erosion. Most of the Company's products involve technical
competence in their development and manufacture. Generally speaking, the Company
competes primarily by offering high-quality, technical products and associated
application tooling, with an emphasis on product performance, timely delivery
and service. The Company has experienced price pressures in its markets,
particularly in the personal computer and cellular/mobile phone markets. The
Company's broad range of products, worldwide sales and marketing presence, and
service innovations serve to differentiate the Company from its competitors and
positions the Company to become a supplier of choice to many customers as they
reduce their supplier lists and seek global sourcing contracts. The service
innovations offered by the Company include the computer-equipped product
information and order handling departments, the automated fax service, the use
of computer disks to communicate engineering and drawing data, an Internet
product catalog, the expedited sample request delivery system, global account
management, and the EDI order system.

     In addition, the Company has distinguished itself by its development of new
and improved products and technologies. In 1998 the Company, through its
intellectual property holding company The Whitaker Corporation, received 231
U.S. patents. The Company has over 15,000 patents or utility models issued or
pending throughout the world. AMP ranks 23rd among U.S. corporations and 50th
among all patentees for U.S. patents granted during 1998. The Company
aggressively enforces its patents to preserve its proprietary technological
advantages.

     The Company's backlog of unfilled orders decreased in 1998 to $892 million
at year-end compared to $944 million at year-end 1997. A majority of these
orders were for delivery within the next 90 days, and all were scheduled for
delivery within 12 months.

     The primary seasonal effect generally experienced by the Company is in the
3rd quarter when there usually is a temporary leveling off or modest drop in the
rate of new orders and shipments. This seasonal decline in the rate of new
orders and shipments is caused by the softening of customer demand in certain
markets such as appliances, automotive and home entertainment goods arising from
model year changeovers, plant vacations and closedowns, and other traditional
seasonal practices. This effect is usually most evident in the Company's
Europe/Middle East/Africa and Asia/Pacific regions, compared against sales
results of the 2nd quarter.

     The Company's normal terms of sale are net 30 days, and the average days
outstanding for accounts receivable averages 46.5 days in the U.S. and 68.4 days
on a global basis. The Company warrants most of its products against defects in
materials and workmanship under normal use for periods of up to 1 year. In
markets for complete systems, such as the networking/premise wiring markets, the
Company provides an extended warranty when exclusively AMP products, tools and
training are used in an installation. The Company's warranty experience is
generally favorable, with a low rate of product return. An extensive distributor
network, together with the Company's own highly automated regional distribution
center system, is utilized to provide timely delivery of products to the
customers.

     Products
     --------
     The Company manufactures and sells more than 900,000 parts in over 450
global product lines, including terminals; fiber-optic, printed circuit board
and cable connectors and assemblies; connectorized printed circuit boards; cable
and cabling systems; wireless; and related application tools and machines. The
terminals and connectors competency that encompasses electronic/electrical
connection, switching and programming devices and associated application tools
and machines represents 75% of the Company's business. Included within this
competency is a great variety of types and sizes. These product families
generally involve the same or very similar basic technologies, materials,
production processes and marketing approaches. The common manufacturing
capabilities, which have become core competencies of the Company, include
connectivity technology, high speed precision metal stamping, precision metal
plating, plastic molding, and automated assembly of small metal and plastic
parts. The Company sells some of its products in strip form or on reels which
are applied by customers with special application machines and special tools.
The balance of products and competencies include the Company's cable systems
products, value-added and wireless businesses and pre-assembled devices and
other products that do not require application tools or machines, and in 1998
represented 25% of total Company sales. Over 87% of sales are of products in
just three Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) 4-digit codes: Electronic
Connectors; Electronic Components - NEC; and Current Carrying Wiring Devices.

     Application tooling has been and remains an integral part of the Company's
sales strategy and growth for many of the Company's products. The Company has
provided thousands of application machines to customers on either a lease or
purchase basis, and has sold millions of manual and power tools to customers to
apply the Company's products to wires, cables, printed circuit boards and
flexible circuitry. In the past decade the Company has introduced more than 160
new types of machines and tools, ranging from hand tools for maintenance and
repair to computer-controlled machines that make thousands of connections per
hour and continuously monitor the quality of the connections as they are made.
The Company has always marketed products on the basis of total applied cost --
not product price alone -- and the Company's concentration on providing fast and
reliable application methods should give the Company an advantage as concerns
for productivity, quality and system performance continue to rise. The Company's
field service engineers throughout the world install this applicating equipment,
train customer personnel to operate, maintain and service it, and provide
emergency service.

     In addition to the total applied cost approach to marketing product, a
fundamental concept of AMP marketing is to seek early involvement in customer
design activities. The Company enhanced its capabilities in this approach in
recent years by a unique consulting service through which the Company can
computer simulate interconnection systems, thus reducing the time and costs
associated with the design phase.

     While the Company is seeking to widen its leadership in the terminal and
connector product area, it also has diversified into total interconnection
systems and higher value assemblies. This increased the potential markets being
addressed by the Company from approximately $28 billion to around $61 billion.
Part of this new breadth of potential business will come from cables,
fiber-optic and electro-optical networking, and flexible circuitry based
connectors that expand the Company's connector and interconnection technology.
Another source for expansion is interconnection solutions, such as cable, board
and panel assemblies, that are logically related to those connector and
interconnection competencies. The final thrust toward new opportunities for
growth addresses needs for wireless communication, networking/premise wiring
hardware and related services, multi-media applications to address the
convergence of the telecommunications and personal computer industries and the
development of telematics and mechatronics in the automotive industry.

     The Company is accomplishing this growth by new product development as well
as by numerous small, strategic acquisitions, minority interest investments,
joint ventures and other strategic alliances. Acquisitions provide technologies
that are key to entering or enhancing the Company's participation in the
respective markets and will form a cornerstone for the Company's expansion of
its potential business. New products, representing products and product
extensions introduced during the last 3 years, now comprise over 9% of current
sales. In 1998 the Company added over 100,000 new part numbers, representing
both new product part numbers and part numbers for extensions of existing
products. Much of this growth, whether by new product development or
acquisitions and alliances, focuses on the fastest growing sectors and major
trends in the electronic and electrical markets -- such as miniaturization, high
speed circuitry, networking, wireless transmission, electro-optics, conversion
to digital, software integration with hardware, and the convergence of computer
and communications technologies.

     Operations
     ----------
     AMP is a global marketing, sales, engineering and manufacturing
interconnection systems company with principal offices located in Pennsylvania.
AMP maintains a strong local presence in the principal countries in which it
operates through its traditional geographic organizations: the Americas;
Asia/Pacific; and Europe/Middle East/Africa. The geographic organizations manage
the daily activities of terminal and connector manufacturing and regional and
local sales and customer logistics.

     Strategic marketing and global account sales efforts are performed
centrally for the automotive, communications, personal computer and consumer
electronics industry markets. Strategic marketing for the end user, industrial
machinery and instrumentation, appliance and aerospace markets is controlled
centrally and executed, along with the related sales activities, by geographic
sales organizations.

     Manufacturing responsibilities for the fiber, optoelectroncis and wireless
products are managed by the global industry business organization. Manufacturing
responsibilites for terminal and connector and cable products are managed
centrally by the global operations organization.

     AMP has been aggressively locating manufacturing and sales operations where
cutomers' operations and local market opportunities coincide to make it a
positive investment climate. Since 1990, AMP has either finalized plans for or
actually started sales or manufacturing operations in India, Chile, China,
Colombia, Greece, Hungary, the Philippines, Thailand, The Czech Republic,
Poland, Turkey, Ireland, Israel, Russia, South Africa and Slovenia. During this
period, marketing activities have been extended into Indonesia, Vietnam,
Pakistan, Croatia, Eastern Europe, Egypt and the Middle East.

     Extensive efforts are also being undertaken to maximize the utilization of
the Company's human resources. Training, development, education, empowerment
through the delegation of more authority and responsibility, employee teams,
performance-linked pay, centralized recruiting and programs to encourage
recognition of outstanding achievements are being promoted to increase the
involvement and effectiveness of employees. The employees also are being
provided with the computers, communication systems, business machines and
scientific/engineering equipment necessary for them to realize their full
potential. The Company is implementing a global wide area network, expanding
electronic mail and video conferencing capabilities worldwide, and instituting a
business enterprise information system to support global decision making.
Additional regional training centers are being established to facilitate the
distribution of these learning and awareness methods throughout the world. For
better leveraging of the Company's basic manufacturing capabilities into all
areas of production, certain business units and subsidiaries have also been
designated as "Regional Centers of Competency" in specific product/market
categories.

     Worldwide, the quality management systems of the Company's business units
and their associated facilities, representing virtually all of the Company's
manufacturing operations, have either received or have been recommended for
certification to the appropriate ISO 9000 standard. In addition, appropriate
business units in the Company have qualified for or are striving to qualify for
the more demanding QS 9000 standard that predominates in the automotive
industry. Qualification to these common standards should help ensure that the
Company's products and services will be of uniformly high quality wherever they
are manufactured, sold or provided throughout the world. Also, the Company
continues to implement the rigorous Manufacturing Requirements Planning (MRP)
II, Class A standards for manufacturing requirements planning systems.
Manufacturing employment increased in 1998 to more than 32,600 people.

     Product standards continue to play an increasingly important role in the
development and marketing of new products and the shaping of new markets. The
Company takes an active role in the development of industry standards that
affect its products, technologies and development activities. A capable
corporate group of standards professionals and a global network of Company
employees, through their participation in over 800 industry associations,
working groups, and standards-setting bodies, are involved in laying the
groundwork for the acceptance of the Company's products under applicable
standards. In 1998 over 57 standards were published that involved AMP products,
processes and technology.

     The Company has a corporate-wide program for managing current and emerging
environmental issues on a global basis. Executive management and the Company's
Global Environmental Health & Safety Department are actively involved in guiding
the Company's comprehensive environmental management program and integrating
environmental management into ongoing operations, business strategies and new
acquisitions. The global environmental program includes uniform standards,
environmental auditing, due diligence for acquisitions, proactive property
assessments, training at all levels and periodic benchmarking. Additionally,
product design incorporates environmental considerations to meet customers'
needs and environmental concerns.

     The Company is not aware of any material claims against its assets relating
to environmental matters, based on current information. The costs to the Company
of compliance with known and anticipated legal, regulatory, industry and
corporate environmental requirements are not expected to have a material effect
on the Company's financial position, results of operations, liquidity and
capital resources, or the Company's competitive position. However, the Company
faces certain liabilities for investigative and remedial costs as a result of
past operations. The Company is currently named as a Potentially Responsible
Party at eight National Priorities List ("NPL") sites in the U.S. owned by third
parties, pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act ("CERCLA"), and three "State Superfund" sites. Total costs for
these sites are not expected to exceed $2 million.

     The Company also is investigating potential liability at 30 of its current
or former facilities. Investigations or remediations are ongoing at these
properties as required by government regulations or as part of the Company's
property management policy. Based upon current information, expenses for these
sites are not expected to exceed $34 million in the aggregate over the next 5
years.

     The Company carefully manages its involvement with these sites to ensure
compliance, minimize costs and liabilities, and ensure protection of the
environment and the public. Legal action has been commenced by the Company
against historical liability insurers to recover for certain past and
anticipated future costs in connection with some of these sites.

     The Company believes it has adequate sources of supply and does not expect
the cost or availability of raw materials to have a significant overall effect
on its total current operations.

     Availability of remittances to the parent Company by its subsidiaries is
subject to exchange controls and other restrictions of the various countries in
which the subsidiaries are located. Presently, there are no foreign exchange or
currency restrictions in the various countries that would significantly affect
the remittance of funds to the Company. In view of the significant portion of
the Company's customer sales that originate outside of the U.S. (approximately
55%), fluctuations in the exchange value of the U.S. dollar have an impact on
sales and earnings.

     Product Development
     -------------------
     The Company is committed to an ongoing program of new product development
and a continual expansion of its technical capabilities. This broadening of
products and capabilities is made possible through both internal development
efforts and external strategic relationships. Such external relationships
include acquisitions, minority equity investment positions, joint ventures,
alliances, research contracts, teaming arrangements, licensing and the like with
dozens of customers, suppliers, consortiums, universities and research
institutes. The global technology office works closely with the global business
units and competencies and unifies the Company's technology resources, including
over 5,700 engineers.

     Research and development expenditures for the creation and application of
new and improved products and processes were $325 million in 1998, $320 million
in 1997 and $315 million in 1996. Total spending on research, development and
engineering (RD&E) was $580 million, $579 million and $579 million in 1998, 1997
and 1996 respectively, representing 10.6%, 10.1% and% 10.6% respectively, of
consolidated net sales.

     Profit Improvement Plan
     -----------------------
     AMP's profit improvement plan, the first elements of which were announced
in June 1998, reflects AMP's commitment to improve significantly its operating
margins and financial performance. In particular, AMP expects the profit
improvement plan to result in annual savings of more than $400 million per year
beginning in the year 2000 and generate an operating margin of at least 13.5% in
1999 and an operating margin of at least 16.5% in the year 2000.

Key elements of the Profit Improvement Plan include:

*    Reducing costs through reductions in support staff and support functions

     AMP has announced that it will reduce its support staff on a net basis
     (gross reductions less new hires) by at least 3,500 worldwide through
     a combination of early retirement, attrition and layoffs. As part of
     this program, AMP will outsource certain support activities to allow
     AMP to focus resources on core businesses and provide flexibility to
     respond to fluctuations in product demand. As of December 31, 1998, AMP
     has exceeded its objectives and identified in excess of 4,200 net support
     staff reductions worldwide. Approximately 1,500 of the support staff
     reductions are from international subsidiaries. In addition, AMP has
     reduced the number of its temporary and contract employees.

*    Reshaping AMP's manufacturing into a "global manufacturing competency"
     through plant closings, consolidations and other activities

     The streamlining and consolidation of the Terminal and Connector operation,
     which represents the majority of AMP's sales, resulted in the closing of
     six plants in 1998, while additional sites have been announced for
     consolidation and/or closing. Additionally, AMP is stepping up activities
     to support the fast growing marketplace outside the United States by
     shifting production closer to customers, thereby reducing transportation
     and other costs, and relying on simpler, manual operations in each region
     for high-volume, quick turnaround orders.

     During the second half of 1998, AMP recorded $415.0 million of pre-tax 
     restructuring charges and other one-time charges to further the 
     implementation of its Profit Improvement Plan.

*     Simplifying AMP's operating structure and providing for greater
      accountability

     In August 1998, Robert Ripp was appointed Chairman and CEO of AMP with
     overall responsibility for implementing the Profit Improvement Plan.
     Direct reports have been cut from 22 to 7, and each of a limited
     number of executives has been charged with the responsibility of
     achieving a specified portion of the expected cost savings.

*    AMP's focus on customer service and pricing policies to enhance its
     competitiveness in the marketplace and responsiveness to customer
     demands

     AMP has launched new customer-focused programs to make the ordering,
     pricing and delivery systems simpler and more responsive to customers.
     AMP will replicate these programs, which have begun in the United
     States, in other regions of the world. These include 24-hour customer
     service and shipment on more than 10,000 widely used part numbers,
     simplified pricing and a larger sales force to improve account
     coverage and presence at customer facilities.

     The Profit Improvement Plan is designed to provide AMP with a more
simplified, results-oriented structure focused on enhancing performance and
creating value. AMP is committed to accelerating the implementation of, and
enhancing the steps being taken in connection with, the Profit Improvement Plan.
The Company continues to implement the Plan and expects that it will take
substantial charges in 1999 in connection with the Profit Improvement Plan.

            Cautionary Statements for Purposes of the "Safe Harbor"
            --------------------------------------------------------

     Statements made by AMP Incorporated in written or oral form to various
persons, including statements made in this Report and other filings with the
SEC, that are not strictly historical facts are "forward-looking statements"
within the meaning of the United States Private Securites Litigation Reform Act
of 1995. Such statements are based on current expectations about the markets in
which the Company does business and assumptions made by management and should be
considered as subject to risks and uncertainties that exist in the Company's
operations and business environment and could render actual outcomes and results
materially different than predicted. In particular, any statements regarding the
benefits of the proposed merger between AMP and Tyco, as well as expectations
with respect to future earnings, sales, operating efficiencies and product
expansion are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertanties and
contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of AMP, which may cause
actual results, achievements or performance to differ materially from those
anticipated. The following includes some, but not all, of the factors or
uncertainties that could cause AMP to miss its projections:

*    The realization of the benefits anticipated from the strategic initiatives
     described in this Report will depend, in part, on management's ability to
     execute its business plan and to motivate properly the AMP employees whose
     number has been reduced as a result of these initiatives and the
     proposed merger with Tyco.

*    The effects of extreme changes in monetary and fiscal policies, in the U.S.
     and abroad. This would include extreme currency fluctuations in the
     Japanese Yen and German Mark, continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar,
     and unforeseen inflationary pressure.

*    The ability to integrate AMP into Tyco's operations if and when the
     proposed merger is approved by the shareholders and implemented.

*    The threat of a global economic slowdown in any one, or all, of our market
     segments.

*    Drastic and unforeseen price pressure throughout the business. Currently
     the most noticeable pressure is in the personal computer industry where
     OEMs are passing the price pressure through to their suppliers. Similar
     price pressure can also be seen in the cellular/mobile phone industry.

*    Increased difficulties in obtaining a consistent supply of basic materials
     like copper, gold, or plastic resins at stable pricing levels.

*    Conversion to the Euro could cause unforeseen negative impact on the 
     Company's currency exchange rate exposure given the increased number of 
     transactions that will be conducted in that currency, and as the Company
     moves toward publishing prices in Euros, the resulting price transparency
     increases the risk of associated price erosion.

*    Unpredictable difficulties or delays in the development of key new product
     programs, particularly in some of the Company's non-traditional businesses.

*    Unforeseen interruptions to AMP markets due to strikes that have regional
     or multi-industry impacts.

*    Rapid escalation of the cost of regulatory compliance and litigation.

*    Unpredictable governmental policies and actions including, but not limited
     to, protectionism, sourcing requirements, confiscation of assets, and
     reductions in public spending.

*    Unforeseen intergovernmental conflicts or actions, including but not
     limited to, armed conflict and trade wars. For example, the possibility of
     armed conflict with Iraq, and the conflict in Croatia.

*    During an unforeseen business downturn or a period of less than anticipated
     growth, underutilization of AMP's factories and plants could have a
     negative impact on our business.

*    Greater than anticipated startup expenses and delays related to bringing
     new plants on-line could impact our projections.

*    Greater than anticipated difficulties and delays in assimilating
     newly-acquired businesses into our business portfolio resulting in
     unanticipated expenses and unrealized savings.

*    Any difficulties in obtaining the human resource competencies that AMP
     needs to achieve its business objectives; includes skilled-labor shortages
     in the U.S. and abroad. This also assumes that we will be able to retain
     key talent, both managerial and technical.

*    Risks associated with any disruptive changes in our customer, supplier, and
     competitor relations as a consequence of AMP's and others' movement along
     the vertical product chain.

*    The risks associated with any technological shifts away from AMP
     technologies or core competencies.

*    Unforeseen Year 2000 compliance issues, both within AMP and among our
     customers and suppliers including suppliers of electricity, water and
     other utilities and in general among the business and governmental
     communities, could negatively impact our business results.

*    The risk of not recovering research and development expenses relating to a
     limited ability to enforce patents and copyright laws in certain parts of
     the world.

*    While AMP has traditionally been a leader in environmental compliance,
     unforeseen and drastic changes to governmental environmental policies and
     related government action could impact our projections.

*    Standardization, while often viewed as a positive for AMP, could have a
     substantial impact on our business.

*    Risks associated with market acceptance of our customers' end-products such
     as technology winners in the converging computer, consumer electronics and
     communications industries.

*    Unforeseen interruptions to AMP business with our largest customers,
     resulting from, but not limited to, strikes, cash flow, or inventory
     problems at the account.


ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

     The Company has approximately 17.5 million sq. ft. of floor space in 345
facilities located in the United States and 53 other countries. Facilities were
enlarged or added in 3 countries during 1998, representing an increase of
approximately 510,000 sq. ft.; international construction projects included
Germany and Singapore. In the United States a large consolidated manufacturing
plant in Jonestown, PA was completed. Plans for 1999 include construction
efforts on manufacturing facilities in Mexico and Shunde, China and expansion of
warehousing in Woert, Germany.

     Worldwide, approximately 11.4 million sq. ft. of floor space in 136 major
facilities (5,000 sq. ft. or larger) located in 28 countries is devoted to
production operations, and approximately an additional 6.1 million sq. ft. in 93
major facilities located in 28 countries is utilized for engineers, scientists,
technicians, researchers, office support personnel and warehousing. Major U.S.
manufacturing, warehousing and administrative facilities are located in
Pennsylvania (50), North Carolina (23), California (9), Massachusetts (7), Texas
(3), Oregon (4), Maryland (1), New Jersey (2), South Carolina (1), Arizona (1),
Colorado (1), Delaware (1), Florida (1), Illinois (1), Kentucky (1), Puerto Rico
(1), Michigan (1) and Virginia (1). Nearly half of these facilities are
manufacturing plants. The Company's operations in countries other than the U.S.
involve 115 major facilites located throughout the world, 69 of which perform
manufacturing functions and 32 of which have office/marketing/engineering/
research functions, and 14 of which perform warehousing functions.

     The Company's facilities are generally modern, well maintained and
diversified geographically within regions, with the typical size of major
facilities in the 70,000 to 100,000 sq. ft. range. No single facility is
material to the Company's business. The Company owns approximately 85% of its
floor space, free of encumbrances and leases the balance. The Company owns most
of its major facilities. Most of the leases on the other major manufacturing and
administrative facilities provide the right to renew or purchase.

     As part of the Profit Improvement Plan, the Company intends to close 27
manufacturing plants and 26 administrative facilities worldwide. Of the
manufacturing plants scheduled for closing, 12 are located outside of the United
States. Ten of the administrative facilities scheduled to be closed are located
outside of the United States.

     Capital expenditures were $476 million in 1998, down from $481 million in
1997 and $592 million in 1996. Capital expenditures for 1999 are expected to be
similar to the 1998 expenditures. Approximately three quarters of the 1998
capital expenditures were for buildings, machinery and equipment, molds and dies
for production of new products, productivity improvements or capacity in new or
lower cost markets.

     Typically, the Company does not measure its composite manufacturing
capacity utilization because various factors make determining a composite
capacity utilization figure unreliable. These factors include the numerous
processes employed by the Company to manufacture its products and the nature of
the Company's assembly equipment. Much of the assembly equipment is unique to
specialized product; accordingly, the utilization of this equipment is lower
than the more common processes used by the Company. With increased reliance on
seven day, three shift work weeks and as a result of the capital expenditures
described above, the Company believes it has adequate capacity to accommodate
anticipated sales growth in existing products and continued development of new
products.

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The discussion in Part II Item 1 of the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 1998 under the headings "AlliedSignal
Corporation v AMP Incorporated, Civil Action No. 98-CV-4058;" "Blum v William J.
Hudson, Jr. et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4109;" "Silver v AMP Incorporated et
al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4120;" "Goldstein v AMP Incorporated, et al. Civil
Action No. 98-CV-4127;" "Margolis Partnership v AMP Incorporated, et al., Civil
Action No. 98-CV-4187" and "AMP Incorporated v AlliedSignal Corporation, et al.,
Civil Action No. 98-CV-4405" is incorporated by reference.

     Since the filing of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 1998, several more conferences among the Court and the parties occurred
regarding the nominees' understanding of the conflicts of interest issue and
AlliedSignal's disclosure about that issue in its consent statement to be
distributed to AMP's shareholders. As a result of these conferences, the Court
required further disclosure. On November 20, 1998, the Court, having concluded
that the disclosure was adequate, dissolved the injunction of the consent
solicitation. At the same time, the Court ordered that while AlliedSignal could
proceed with the consent solicitation, the nominees would be enjoined from being
seated on the AMP board until the Court of Appeals decides whether the conflicts
the nominees would face, if elected, are so pervasive that, as a matter of
Pennsylvania law, they should not be seated as directors of AMP. AMP filed a
notice of appeal with respect to the District Court's rulings regarding the
irreconcilable conflicts issue on November 23, 1998.

     On October 15, 1998, AMP moved for summary judgment, a declaratory judgment
and injunctive relief with respect to its claim that the Pennsylvania
Control-Share Acquisition Statute bars AlliedSignal from voting the AMP shares
it acquired in its tender offer. AlliedSignal filed a cross motion for summary
judgment on October 29, 1998. On November 18, 1998, the District Court granted
AMP's motion for partial summary judgement. The District Court ruled that the
shares of AMP common stock owned by AlliedSignal are "control shares" under
Pennsylvania law. As a result, the Court issued an order enjoining AlliedSignal
from voting any shares of AMP's common stock owned by AlliedSignal unless and
until AlliedSignal's voting rights are restored under Pennsylvania law. On
November 24, 1998, AlliedSignal appealed the November 18, 1998 Order.

     AMP's appeal of the irreconcilable conflicts issue and AlliedSignal's
appeal of the "control shares" issue were fully briefed by January 7, 1999. The
parties subsequently provided a status update to the Court of Appeals, at which
time it was determined that AlliedSignal's appeal regarding AMP's amendments to
its Rights Agreement, which had been fully briefed earlier, and AMP's appeal
regarding the irreconcilable conflicts of AlliedSignal's nominees should be held
in abeyance, pending the proposed merger of Tyco and AMP. Arguments in the third
matter before the Court of Appeals - whether the shares of AMP common stock
acquired by AlliedSignal are "control shares" which cannot be voted - were held
on January 20, 1999. On February 18, 1999 the Court of Appeals reversed the
District Court's November 18, 1998 Order and remanded the matter to the District
court for further proceedings.

     MT Technologies, S.P.R.L. v Connectware, Inc., Case No. 96-01963-C
     ------------------------------------------------------------------

     The litigation and disputes between Connectware, Inc., a Delaware
Corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and MT Technologies,
S.P.R.L. have been settled on terms agreeable to the parties.
 
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

       None.

PART II.

Item 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITYHOLDER
          MATTERS

     The Company's common stock, no par value, is listed on the New York Stock
Exchange and is traded on the New York, Boston, Cincinnati, Midwest, Pacific and
Philadelphia Exchanges under the symbol "AMP". Options in the Company's common
stock are traded on the Chicago Exchange. As of March 10, 1999 there were
approximately 13,061 holders of record of the Company's common stock. Over 80%
of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock are held by over 500
institutions.

     The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the
Company's common stock for each full quarterly period during the calendar years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Tape.

                For the Year           Stock Price Range
                ------------           -----------------

          1997 - First Quarter          $43.0000 - $33.8750
               - Second Quarter         $43.1250 - $33.1250
               - Third Quarter          $56.6875 - $41.7500
               - Fourth Quarter         $54.2500 - $39.0625

          1998 - First Quarter          $44.6875 - $36.6250
               - Second Quarter         $44.1875 - $33.5000
               - Third Quarter          $43.0000 - $28.1250
               - Fourth Quarter         $52.8750 - $34.3750

     Annual dividends, which are paid on a quarterly basis, have increased for
44 consecutive years. The compound annual growth rate for the Company's annual
dividends for the 5-year period ended December 31, 1998 is approximately 6.2%.
Annual dividends on a per share basis were $1.04 in 1997 and $1.08 in 1998. The
quarterly dividend increased to $.27 on March 2, 1998 and remained $.27 per
share for the dividend paid in the first quarter of 1999.


ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Set forth below is certain selected consolidated financial data for the
Company and its subsidiaries covering the five calendar year periods ended
December 31, 1998. This summary should be read in conjunction with the
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data provided in Part
II, Items 7 and 8, respectively, of this Report. All financial amounts and per
share data have been restated to account for the pooling-of-interests with
M/A-COM, Inc. on June 30, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMP Incorporated and subsidiaries

Historical Data

(dollars in millions except per       1998<F1>   1997<F2>     1996<F2>      1995           1994     
        share data)                           
For the Year <F6>                             
<S>                                <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>        
Net Sales                         $ 5,481.6     $5,745.2      $5,468.0     $5,227.2      $4,369.1   
Gross Income                        1,578.1      1,849.0       1,633.7      1,763.6       1,546.9   
Selling, General and                          
     Administrative Expenses        1,071.8      1,103.2       1,033.0      1,045.6         886.9   
Restructuring and One-time                     
     Charges/(Credits) <F1><F2>       354.6        (21.3)         98.0           --            --   
Income from Operations                151.7        767.1         502.7        718.0         660.0   
    Operating Margin                    2.8%       13.4%          9.2%        13.7%         15.1%  
Interest Expense <F3>                 (63.4)       (31.8)        (31.2)       (36.8)        (29.2)  
Other Deductions, net <F4>            (84.9)       (57.3)        (33.2)       (13.4)        (32.0)  
Income Before Income Taxes              3.4        678.0         438.3        667.7         598.8   
    Pretax Margin                       0.1%        11.8%          8.0%        12.8%         13.7%  
Income Taxes                            1.1        220.3         151.3        240.4         225.0   
     Effective Tax Rate                32.5%        32.5%         34.5%        36.0%         37.6%  
Income from Continuing Operations       2.3        457.6         287.0        427.3         373.8   
     Basic EPS <F5><F7>               $0.01        $2.08         $1.31        $1.97         $1.72   
     Diluted EPS <F5><F7>             $0.01        $2.08         $1.31        $1.96         $1.72   
Cumulative Effect of Accounting               
     Changes <F8>                       --          15.5            --           --            --   
     Basic and Diluted EPS <F5><F7>     --         $0.07            --           --            --   
Net Income                              2.3        473.1         287.0        427.3         373.8   
     Basic EPS <F5><F7>               $0.01        $2.15         $1.31        $1.97         $1.72   
     Diluted EPS <F5><F7>             $0.01        $2.15         $1.31        $1.96         $1.72   
Cash Dividends                        236.2        228.2         218.9        196.5         176.2   
     Per Share <F5>                   $1.08        $1.04         $1.00        $0.92         $0.84   
Capital Expenditures                  475.9        481.3         592.3        713.0         472.6   
Depreciation and Amortization         424.3        439.0         424.1        361.4         324.5   
Total Research, Development,                  
      and Engineering Expense         580.0        578.7         579.3        567.7         477.7   
                                              
At December 31                                
                                              
Working Capital                    $1,146.1     $1,204.5        $911.3     $1,011.8      $1,067.4   
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net  1,889.1      1,916.0       2,027.6      1,938.3       1,574.7   
Total Assets                        4,785.8      4,840.0       4,685.7      4,504.7       4,092.6   
    % Return on Assets <F6>             0.0%         9.6%          6.2%         9.9%          9.9%  
Long-Term Debt                        216.8        159.7         181.6        212.5         278.8   
Total Debt                            701.8        624.9         601.0        530.7         461.2   
Shareholders' Equity                2,664.3      2,943.4       2,789.9      2,768.0       2,495.8   
    % Return on Shareholders'                 
    Equity <F6>                         0.1%        16.0%         10.3%        16.2%         15.9%  
Book Value Per Share <F5>            $12.17       $13.39        $12.70       $12.71        $11.50   
Backlog                               891.9        944.0         970.0      1,000.0         825.0   
Number of Employees                  48,535       46,526        44,985       40,800        34,000   
Floor Space (sq. ft. in millions)      17.5         17.1          16.1         14.6          12.0   
Shares Outstanding For EPS 
 Calculations <F5><F7> (in millions)                   
    Basic EPS Calculation             219.1        219.8         219.2        217.3         217.0   
    Diluted EPS Calculation           219.9        220.4         219.6        217.7         217.0   
<FN>                              
<F1> Restructuring and one-time charges were recorded in 1998 in connection
     with the announced Profit Improvement Plan, which included the reduction of
     support and production staff throughout all business units and the
     consolidation of manufacturing plants and other facilities. See Note 2 to
     the Consolidated Financial Statements.
<F2> Restructuring and one-time charges were recorded in 1996 primarily as a
     result of the Company's decision to exit certain product lines,
     manufacturing operations and investments. These charges were adjusted in
     1997. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
<F3> 1998 interest expense includes $29.75 million related to proposed financing
     associated with the cancelled self-tender offer.  See Notes 8 and 17 to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements.
<F4> 1998 other deductions, net include $41.8 million in defense of the hostile
     takeover attempt by AlliedSignal and $20.0 million related to estimated
     litigation settlements.
<F5> Share data has been adjusted for the 2-for-1 stock split in 1995.
<F6> Computed based on income from continuing operations divided by average
     total assets or shareholders' equity, as applicable, each year.
<F7> Appropriate per share data has been adjusted for the effects of SFAS No.
     128. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
<F8> 1997 accounting changes represent a change to inventory costing methodology
     to include manufacturing engineering costs and a change in capacity
     assumptions used to determine inventory costs. See Note 1 to Consolidated
     Financial Statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>


ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- 1998 COMPARED WITH 1997

     Sales for the year ended December 31, 1998 were $5.48 billion, decreasing
2.3% in local currencies and 4.6% in reported U.S. dollars from $5.75 billion in
1997. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar during 1998 resulted in the reduction
of reported net sales of $131 million. Sales for the year decreased 1.6% in
local currencies after adjusting for the impact of divestitures in 1997 and
1998.

     Terminal and connector product sales, which represent more than 75% of
the total product sales, decreased approximately 2.5% in local currencies. A
significant part of the decline was related to weakening market conditions,
especially in Asia/Pacific, as a result of the economic crisis of 1998. In 1997,
the Company's sales outperformed the average market growth. Other factors
contributing to the slowdown in the terminal and connector business included
weakness in the U.S. desktop personal computer business and component inventory
reductions made by customers in the communications industry and within the
distributor channel. Terminal and connector sales to automotive customers
partially offset these decreases with good growth in both Europe and the United
States.

     Sales of cable systems products, representing about 9% of total product
sales, grew 7.0% in local currencies over the prior year period. The increase
related to sales to customers in the networking and the instrumentation and
measurements industries.

     Sales of wireless products, which represent approximately 8% of total
product sales, decreased at a rate of 4.4% in local currencies as these products
are primarily sold in the communications and aerospace markets. The Company's
customers in these markets worked down their inventories in 1998 with resulting
low order rates throughout the year.

     Sales of the Company's remaining products, representing approximately 6% of
total sales, were down 2.9% in local currencies after adjusting for divestitures
in 1997 and 1998. Growth in the sales of optical cable and assembly products,
offset a large portion of the decline in sales of printed wiring board products
and opto-electronics products. The demand for a majority of the Company's
products was impacted by the economic conditions in Asia/Pacific.

     Geographically, sales growth in Europe was the strongest of the regions,
with a 3.3% increase in local currencies and a 1.9% increase in reported U.S.
dollars over 1997. This region represents approximately 30% of the total
Company. Sales of terminal and connector products were slightly below the
regional growth rate for total sales and were supported by the higher growth
rates for cable system products and optical cable and assembly products. Sales
to automotive and networking customers drove growth and offset decreases in the
personal computer and communications equipment manufacturers markets. Sales
growth was also good through the distributor and subcontractor channels.

     Sales in the Asia/Pacific region, approximately 20% of total sales,
decreased 1.6% in local currencies and 9% in reported U.S. dollars in 1998
versus 1997. The region was particularly hurt by performance in Japan and Korea,
where sales were down 8.5% and 21.7% in local currencies, respectively. The
economic crisis hurt demand within the region in all product line segments and
in most customer markets. Sales to customers in the personal computer industry
were one exception to this trend with local currency growth of 15% in 1998;
however, much of this growth was a result of the Company transferring
manufacturing from other regions.

     Sales in the Americas region, which represent about half of the Company's
total sales, were down 5.9% in local currencies and 6.7% in reported U.S.
dollars. Sales in the United States were down 7.8% primarily as a result of weak
demand for terminal and connector products, partially affected by customers
impacted by the Asia/Pacific economic conditions, and the Company's transfer of
a large portion of the production of personal computer products to the
Asia/Pacific region. In addition, sales to automotive customers decreased in the
Americas region due to economic problems in Brazil. Sales through the
distributor channel were down in 1998 as customers reduced inventories and the
Company adjusted pricing and negotiated enterprise agreements.

     Net income for the year ended December 31, 1998 was $.01 per basic and
diluted share, which included restructuring and other one-time charges, a
provision for a legal settlement, as well as bank fees and other expenses
associated with the unsolicited bid for all of the Company's outstanding common
stock made by AlliedSignal Inc. ("Unsolicited Offer," see Note 17 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements). Restructuring and one-time charges reduced
net income by $280.2 million or $1.28 per share. Bank, financial advisory and
legal fees directly connected to the Unsolicited Tender Offer reduced net income
by $48.3 million or $.22 per share. Also reducing net income was a provision for
a legal settlement established during the year of $13.5 million or $.06 per
share. Net income in 1998 before the preceding items was $1.57 per basic and
diluted share (adjusted net income). Adjusted net income was impacted by
decreased sales and the resulting decline in gross margins related to price
erosion and significant volume variances, and increased selling, general and
administrative expenses on a local currency basis. Net income for the year ended
December 31, 1997 was $2.15 per basic and diluted share and included a $.07 per
basic and diluted share net benefit from changes in inventory costing practices
(see Accounting Changes section and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements). Other significant events affecting 1997 basic and diluted earnings
per share were the fourth quarter adjustment to decrease the 1996 restructuring
charge which benefited net income by $.08 per basic and diluted share (see
restructuring and other one-time charges/(credits) section), the charge to
write-down certain equity investments of $.08 per share in the fourth quarter
and a charge for a legal reserve taken in the second quarter of $.05 per basic
share. Net income for 1997 adjusted for the net impact of the preceding special
items was $2.13 per basic and diluted share (adjusted net income). Adjusted net
income for 1998 of $1.57 per basic and diluted share decreased 26.3% from $2.13
per basic and diluted share in 1997.

     Gross margin for 1998 was 28.8% as compared to 32.2% in 1997. One-time
charges associated with the 1998 restructuring actions and other asset
writedowns accounted for 1.0 points of deterioration over the prior year, while
 .1 point of the change in 1998 related to a benefit from adjusting the 1996
restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 1997. The remaining 2.3 point
decline primarily related to price erosion, which was not offset by the benefit
from anticipated significant volume increases. Cost improvements in 1998 were
below the planned level and significant volume variances hurt performance at the
gross margin line. The margin deterioration took place in each of the Company's
major product line segments, including Terminal and Connector, Wireless and
Cable Systems products.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses (S,G&A) increased slightly as
a percentage of sales for the full year 1998 to 19.6% from 19.2% in 1997. The
Company incurred higher expenses earlier in the year based upon expected revenue
levels but scaled back the expenses in the second quarter of the year when
revenue expectations were revised downward. By the fourth quarter of 1998 S,G&A
as a percentage of sales was only 17.8% as a result of the Company's Profit
Improvement Plan (see Restructuring and Other One-time Charges/(Credits)
section) and strict expense controls. The Company managed these expenses
downward yet still made all planned investments in a new integrated business
information system (SAP) and substantially completed its Year 2000 readiness
with respect to Information Systems (see Year 2000 section).

     Research, development and engineering expenses were $580.0 million,
consistent with the $579.0 million incurred in the prior year. Engineering
efforts are categorized into concept and development versus manufacturing
engineering activities. The concept and development phases are consistent with
the definition of research and development under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 2, "Accounting for Research and Development". Of the
$580.0 million of expenditures in 1998 and the $579.0 million of expenditures in
1997, $324.9 million and $319.6 million, respectively, qualified for
classification as research and development under SFAS No. 2. Product specific
development efforts increased 6% in 1998 despite the decreased level of sales,
while high level technology departments and administrative areas were reduced as
part of the Company's Profit Improvement Plan.

     Restructuring and one-time charges/(credits) presented as a separate line
item in the Consolidated Statement of Income were charges of $354.6 million in
1998 as opposed to a favorable credit of $21.4 million in 1997. The charges
taken in the current year were in connection with the Company's Profit
Improvement Plan and involved headcount reductions of approximately 6,500
employees, the elimination of more than 50 facilities worldwide and the
write-off of assets to recoverable values, including assets associated with
discontinued product lines. The credit of $21.4 million in 1997 was a favorable
adjustment to the 1996 restructuring charge of $98 million. It was the result of
greater liquidation of product through distributors, the receipt of additional
cash from the sales of various assets, and the resolution of certain
environmental issues with government and regulatory authorities at less cost
than originally anticipated (see Restructuring and Other One-time
Charges/(Credits) section).

     Other deductions, net increased to $84.9 million in 1998 from $57.3 million
in 1997. The increase was primarily due to $41.8 million in financial advisory,
legal and other professional fees that were associated with the Company's
defense against the Unsolicited Offer and the loss on the sale of a joint
venture of $7.4 million, offset by the absence of a $25.5 million charge taken
in 1997 to writedown certain equity investments.

     Interest expense in 1998 was $63.4 million, up $31.6 million from $31.8
million in 1997 primarily as a result of $29.7 million of bank fees associated
with the Company's intent to obtain financing for a self-tender offer to
purchase its common stock related to the defense against the Unsolicited Offer.
The remaining increase relates to higher debt levels in 1998.

     The effective tax rate remained at 32.5% in 1998 primarily due to a
combination of counterbalancing factors including benefit from state tax losses
and increased benefit from tax credits relative to a decrease in pretax income,
both of which were offset by a tax cost from net additional unbenefitted foreign
losses.

RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ONE-TIME CHARGES/(CREDITS)

1998 CHARGES-

     In the second half of 1998, the Company recorded approximately $415 million
of pretax restructuring and one-time charges as follows: $53.0 million was
attributable to inventory and equipment associated with restructuring actions
and asset write-offs recorded in Cost of Sales, $354.6 million was recorded in
restructuring and other one-time charges/(credits) and $7.4 million of loss on
the sale of a joint venture was recorded in other deductions, net.

     Approximately $377 million of charges were the result of the Company's
on-going Profit Improvement Plan, which was first announced in July of 1998. The
Profit Improvement Plan focuses on the reduction of support staff throughout all
the Company's business units and the consolidation of manufacturing plants and
other facilities. To assist in reducing the support staff, several early
retirement programs were initiated and existing severance plans were triggered
to cover involuntary separations. The Company also experienced voluntary
resignations from employees due to the planned reductions in staff, the
Unsolicited Tender Offer to purchase the Company and the subsequent announcement
of the Company's planned merger with Tyco International Ltd. Charges for staff
reductions recorded in 1998 were $249.9 million and related to the voluntary
retirement and involuntary termination of approximately 3,650 staff support
personnel and 2,800 direct manufacturing employees. These charges, which are
reflected in restructuring and one-time charges/(credits) in the Consolidated
Statement of Income, were related to early retirement programs with acceptance
dates within 1998 and severance for involuntary separations which were computed
based on final, approved lists of employees to be terminated. Of the $249.9
million in charges, $117.5 million was associated with defined benefit pension
plans and will therefore be funded by such plans. Approximately 4,100 employees
were terminated through early retirement programs and to a lesser extent
involuntary separations as of December 31, 1998, with approximately $70 million
in severance paid in 1998.

     In addition to the charges associated with staff reductions, the Company
recorded $126.8 million of charges related to plant and facility consolidations,
discontinued product lines and divestitures. The charges were primarily
associated with the planned closure and consolidation of 27 manufacturing plants
worldwide and 26 administrative facilities, mainly in the United States, and
included write-downs of assets to recoverable values, including inventory,
holding costs, environmental and other facility cleanup costs, and commitments.
Approximately $47.9 million was charged against the reserve in 1998.

     The Company expects to recognize substantial restructuring and one-time
charges in 1999 related to the Profit Improvement Plan. The actions taken under
the plan, including personnel reductions and facility closures, are expected to
be completed in 1999 and early 2000.

     In addition to the restructuring and one-time charges above, $38.4 million
in reserves for inventory, equipment write-downs and adjustments to building
improvements were included in Cost of Sales. These charges related to
discontinued programs, asset impairment issues and the write-off of building
improvements.

1996 CHARGES-

     In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company's management performed a review
of product lines, manufacturing operations and other activities to rationalize
their existence based on performance trends. As a result of this review, the
decision was made to take $167.6 million pretax restructuring and one-time
charges in order to exit various product lines, manufacturing operations and
investments that were not performing or expected to perform at levels which
enhance shareholder value. The primary product lines and manufacturing
operations affected included the cylindrical connector products used in the
military/aerospace industry, the printed wiring board manufacturing operation
that used the "additive process," various product lines in the former Global
Interconnection Systems Business organization, such as PC Cards and maturing
products in the networking industry, and several U. S. terminal and connector
plants and facilities which were outdated and/or specialized in one particular
manufacturing process. The restructuring and associated one-time charges were
recorded in the 1996 Consolidated Statement of Income as follows: $35.1 million
in cost of sales, $98.0 million in restructuring and one-time charges/(credits)
and $34.5 million, in other deductions, net, related to equity investment
write-offs and a charge for related commitments for non-strategic and under-
performing ventures of the Company which were no longer supported. Approximately
$38 million of the charges involved cash outlays. In addition to these charges,
another $27.4 million of other one-time charges not directly connected to the
Company's restructuring plans were recorded in cost of sales related to canceled
programs, specialty products no longer supported and under-utilized capacity.
Taking into account these other one-time charges of $27.4 million, the Company
recorded $195 million of restructuring and one-time charges in the fourth
quarter of 1996.

     Throughout 1997, the Company executed the restructuring plan by closing the
selected facilities, reducing the related headcount, liquidating inventory and
equipment, transferring continued production to other facilities, preparing
facilities for divestiture, investigating environmental matters, and negotiating
the termination of customer and supplier commitments. During the fourth quarter
of 1997, the Company assessed the status of the plan and concluded that the
remaining activities still to be completed included the sale of various vacated
manufacturing plants, resolution of certain environmental exposures related to
such plants, and product warranty and legal issues related to discontinued
products. The expenditures related to these future activities were estimated at
$14.2 million and the related payments are expected over the next several years.
Consequently, based on the remaining reserve balance, an adjustment to reduce
the restructuring reserve by $25.9 million was recorded as a reduction to cost
of sales of $4.5 million and a credit of $21.4 million to restructuring and
one-time charges/(credits), net.

     The significant savings were primarily reductions in expected cash outlays
for distributor product returns, the receipt of additional cash from the sales
of various assets, less severance paid due to a lower number of terminated
employees and the resolution of certain environmental issues with government and
regulatory authorities for amounts less than originally estimated.

     Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements presents further details on
the charges and adjustments.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - 1997 COMPARED WITH 1996

     Sales for the year were $5.75 billion, increasing 5.1% in U.S. dollars and
10.1% in local currencies from $5.47 billion in 1996. The significant
strengthening of the U.S. dollar throughout 1997 resulted in a reduction in
reported net sales of $273 million. Terminal and connector products, the
Company's most significant group of product lines representing over 75% of
sales, grew at 9% in local currencies, outpacing the market growth of 6% to 8%.
This growth occurred in spite of the Company discontinuing its cylindrical
connector products as part of the 1996 Restructuring Plan. Other major groups of
product lines grew even faster with cable and fiber optic products growing at
31% and 12%, respectively, and wireless products (formerly M/A-COM) achieving a
10% increase. Declines in the Company's sales of printed wiring board products
manufactured using the "additive process," as well as the elimination of various
other products in the former Global Interconnection Systems Business related to
the 1996 Restructuring Plan, also negatively impacted the 1997 growth rate.

     Geographically, there was good sales growth in all regions where the
Company operates. The highest growth was in the Asia/Pacific region with 16.6%
growth over 1996 in local currencies and 8.2% in U.S. dollars. This region
accounts for 20% of AMP's worldwide sales. Similar to 1996, growth outside Japan
was strongest with growth rates averaging 25% in local currency. The strongest
industry sales growth was in the communications equipment manufacturers,
networking, personal computer, automotive, and business retail equipment
industries. In Japan, sales growth was more moderate at 9.3% in local currency.
In this country, good growth occurred primarily in the instrumentation and
measurement equipment, industrial machinery and equipment, home
entertainment/consumer electronics and business retail equipment industries.
Growth rates in Asia/Pacific decelerated somewhat in the fourth quarter to 13.4%
in local currencies and 2.9% in U.S. dollars as a result of the economic events
unfolding in the region.

     Sales growth in the European segment was much stronger in 1997 versus the
prior year with a 10.7% increase in local currencies and 0.3% in U.S. dollars.
This region accounts for 30% of the Company's worldwide sales. Growth was over
10% for the automotive and the personal computer industries and close to 20% in
the communications industry, particularly sales to the communications equipment
manufacturers market. Sales growth in the region was geographically dispersed
with high growth in Germany, France, Spain, Italy, Great Britain and Northern
Europe. The growth rate in this region accelerated in the fourth quarter.

     The Americas region, which includes the United States, Canada and Latin
America, grew 7.0% over 1996. The increase in sales in the United States was
6.5%. The regional growth rate was higher due to significant growth in Canada,
Mexico and at the Company's wire harness assembly operations in Brazil and
Argentina. There was a notable increase in sales through the wholesale and
retail trade channel. Industry growth was best in the networking and
instrumentation and measurement equipment industries. Sales growth occurred at
more moderate rates in the automotive and communication equipment manufacturers
markets.

     Net income for the year 1997 increased to $2.15 per share and includes the
$0.07 net benefit from the Company's changes in inventory costing practices
implemented in the first quarter (see Accounting Changes section and Note 1 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements). The positive impact of these changes was
presented as a cumulative effect of accounting changes on the Consolidated
Statement of Income. Other significant events affecting 1997 earnings per share
were the fourth quarter adjustment to decrease the restructuring reserve which
benefited net income by $0.08 per share (see 1996 Restructuring Plan), the
charge to write-down certain equity investments of $0.08 per share in the
fourth quarter and a charge for a legal reserve taken in the second quarter for
$0.05 per share. Net income adjusted for the net impact of the preceding special
items is $2.13 per share for 1997 (adjusted 1997 net income per share). This
compares to reported net income of $1.31 per share in 1996 or $1.89 per share,
which is 1996 net income excluding the negative $0.58 impact of the
restructuring and one-time charges taken in the fourth quarter of 1996 (adjusted
1996 net income per share). Adjusted 1997 net income per share of $2.13
increased 12.7% from the adjusted 1996 net income per share of $1.89.

     Gross margins improved substantially throughout 1997 to 32.2%, as reported,
and 32.1% excluding the benefit of decreasing the restructuring reserve. This
compares to a reported gross margin of 29.9% in 1996, which included a 1.2
percentage point impact due to restructuring charges recorded in cost of sales.
The operational improvement in gross margin between 1997 and 1996 of 1
percentage point resulted from cost reduction activities, the prioritization and
reduction of capital spending which reduced depreciation as a percent of sales,
new product introductions and the elimination of unprofitable product lines as
part of the execution of the 1996 Restructuring Plan.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses (S,G&A) increased slightly as
a percentage of sales to 19.2% in 1997 from 18.9% in 1996. Investments in
information systems and personnel related to the Company's implementation of
SAP, an integrated business information system, are the primary drivers of
increased expense, as well as to a much lesser extent, the necessity of
preparing for the impact of the Year 2000 issue on its systems and operations.

     Research, development and engineering expenses were consistent with the
prior year at $579 million. Engineering efforts are categorized into concept and
development versus manufacturing engineering activities. The concept and
development phases are consistent with the definition of research and
development as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 2,
"Accounting for Research and Development." Of the $579 million of expenditures
in 1997 and 1996, $320 million and $315 million, respectively, qualified for
classification as research and development under SFAS No. 2. During 1997, the
Company has been rationalizing and re-prioritizing its research and development
initiatives.

     Restructuring and one-time (credits)/charges presented as a separate line
in the Consolidated Statement of Income were a credit of $21.4 million in 1997
as compared to the original charge of $98 million taken in the fourth quarter of
1996. The favorable adjustment in the current year was the result of greater
liquidation of product through distributors, the receipt of additional cash from
the sales of various assets and the resolution of certain environmental issues
with government and regulatory authorities at less cost than originally
anticipated (See Restructuring and One-time Charges/(Credits) section for more
detailed information).

     Other deductions, net increased to $57.3 million in 1997 from $33.2 million
in 1996. In 1996, the Company recorded $34.5 million in one-time charges in
other deductions, net for the write-off of two equity investments and related
commitments. The primary reasons for the increase in other deductions from other
income in 1996 of $1.3 million, before one-time charges, are the $25.5 million
charge taken in 1997 to write-down certain equity investments, the reserve
announced in the second quarter for litigation matters of $17.7 million and the
absence in 1997 of gains on the sale of securities which occurred in 1996,
offset by more interest income in 1997.

     Interest expense of $31.8 million in 1997 was consistent with the $31.2
million incurred in 1996.

     The effective tax rate decreased in 1997 to 32.5% from 34.5% in 1996 due to
a combination of factors including continued shifts in the geographic
composition of earnings, resolution of certain issues relating to tax filings in
prior years and the changing impact of foreign losses and their related
utilization.

PRICES AND COST TRENDS

     Over the past two years, the prices paid for the Company's primary raw
materials, including copper, gold and plastics, have been on average lower each
year. Market prices for copper varied from a low of $.66 per pound to a high of
$.82 per pound in 1998 as compared to lows of $.77 and $.88 per pound to highs
of $1.22 and $1.30 in 1997 and 1996, respectively. Similarly, gold prices were
also lower in 1998, averaging $294 per troy ounce, lower than the $331 average
price in 1997 and $380 to $390 in 1996. The price of zinc decreased to the 1996
level in 1998, at an average price of $.46 per pound versus $.60 per pound in
1997. Plastic resin prices, which have increased in recent years, held steady in
1998 as compared to the prior year, with cost reductions realized through
alternative sourcing of materials. The Company's ability to manage commodity
price increases is largely dependent on more efficient material usage.

     Wage increases remained modest and continue to parallel the industry,
regional and national averages in the countries in which the Company operates.
As part of the Company's cost reduction program, new manufacturing facilities
are being placed in lower cost labor markets, particularly with respect to
manually assembled products. The Company believes the availability of materials
and labor skills it requires should remain adequate during 1998 and for the next
several years.

     Despite the decreases in prices for raw materials in 1998 and the continued
stability of labor costs over the last several years, operating margins are
continually impacted by price erosion on sales of end products to customers of
5% in 1998 and 1997, up from 4% in 1996 and 2% to 3% in the first half of this
decade. The higher price erosion continued to be driven by the personal computer
and communications industries. The Company expects the 1999 level of price
erosion to be at least the rate experienced in 1998.

FINANCIAL POSITION AND LIQUIDITY

     The Company's working capital decreased $58.4 million to $1.1 billion at
December 31, 1998. Cash and short-term investments decreased $156.8 million as a
result of lower levels of cash generated by operations, less cash received from
financing sources and cash payments of severance related to the Profit
Improvement Plan. Both capital expenditures and shareholder dividends in 1998
were consistent with prior year levels, with capital expenditures down $5.4
million and dividends increasing $7.9 million from 1997. Accounts receivable
remained consistent with the prior year in reported dollars; however, days sales
outstanding has deteriorated year to year. Inventory increased $49.1 million in
reported dollars primarily due to planned inventory builds associated with the
movement of production out of the United States to other regions as part of the
Company's Profit Improvement Plan. Other current assets increased $38.8 million
in 1998 due to tax receivables at December 31, 1998, which did not exist in the
prior year. Current deferred taxes also increased as of the end of 1998 as a
result of deferred deductions related to restructuring charges. Accrued
liabilities were up $7.2 million due to the establishment of restructuring
reserves, offset by decreases in accrued taxes, payrolls and benefits and
accounts payable resulting from personnel reductions and lower business levels.

     Approximately half of the Company's operating cash flows is generated
overseas. There are currently no material restrictions on the transfers of these
funds within the Company; however, certain business decisions result in the
long-term investment of a portion of these funds in the international companies.
These investments have no significant impact on the Company's ability to fund
its cash requirements. The Company plans to fund the majority of its working
capital needs, capital expenditures and restructuring payments from operating
cash flow in 1999.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

     Capital expenditures were held flat in 1998, decreasing 1.1% to $475.9
million from $481.3 million in 1997. Over 75% of the expenditures made in 1998
were associated with investments in buildings, machinery and equipment, molds
and dies for production of new products, productivity improvements or capacity
in new or low cost markets, such as China and Mexico. In 1998 and 1997,
approximately 15% of the expenditures were for information systems assets,
driven primarily by the implementation of SAP.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

     In June of 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," (SFAS No. 130), which was effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. Adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on
the financial results of the Company. The required presentation and disclosure
of comprehensive income have been incorporated into the Consolidated Balance
Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Note 1 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Also in June of 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information," ("SFAS No. 131"), which was effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1997. Adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not impact the financial
results of the Company and the new disclosures are provided in Note 16 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In February 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other
Postretirement Benefits," ("SFAS No. 132"), which was effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement revises financial statement
disclosure requirements for pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but
does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans. Adoption of SFAS
No. 132 did not impact the financial results of the Company and the required new
disclosures have been provided in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," ("SFAS
No. 133"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999.
SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the
derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific
hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges
allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged
item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally
document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive
hedge accounting. The provisions of the statement must be applied to derivative
instruments and certain derivative instruments embedded in hybrid contracts that
were issued, acquired, or substantively modified after December 31, 1997. The
Company is in the process of quantifying the impact of adopting SFAS No. 133 on
its financial statements and has not determined the timing or method of
adoption. SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings and comprehensive
income.

     During the first quarter of 1997, the Company made two changes to the
accounting practices used to develop inventory costs. The first change was made
to standardize globally the definition of capacity used to determine volume
assumptions for overhead rates. The new definition more properly reflects the
Company's objectives for plant and equipment utilization and provides for
consistent measurements of AMP facilities. In an effort to provide increased
focus on engineering efforts for both product development and manufacturing cost
reductions, the Company also changed the inventory costing methodology to
include manufacturing engineering costs in inventory costs. Previously these
costs were expensed in the period incurred and included in cost of sales on the
Consolidated Statement of Income.

     The net benefit after tax of the preceding changes in accounting for
inventory of $15.5 million or $.07 per basic and diluted share was presented as
a cumulative effect of accounting changes on the 1997 Consolidated Statement of
Income.

     In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128, "Earnings
Per Share." The effect of this adoption did not have a material impact on the
Company's reported earnings per share and all periods presented were restated.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     The Company continued to implement and enhance its corporate-wide program
for managing environmental matters. Executive management and AMP's Global
Environmental Health & Safety Department are actively involved in guiding the
Company's comprehensive environmental management program and integrating
environmental management into ongoing operations, business strategies, and new
acquisitions. AMP's global environmental policy recognizes that fulfilling our
responsibility to protect the environment enhances our ability to produce
competitive and profitable products and services. The Company implements its
environmental program globally through uniform standards, environmental
auditing, due diligence for acquisitions, proactive property assessments,
training at all levels and periodic benchmarking. In addition, product design
incorporates environmental considerations to meet customers' and environmental
needs.

     The Company faces certain liabilities for investigative and remedial costs
as a result of past operations. The costs associated with these environmental
liabilities are not expected to have a material impact on the Company's
financial position, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources or
competitive position in the next several years.

     Specifically, the Company is currently named as a potentially responsible
party at eight federal "Superfund" (National Priorities List) sites in the U.S.
and three "state superfund" sites. These are sites that are owned by third
parties to which the Company allegedly sent waste in prior years. Total costs
for these sites are not expected to exceed $2 million. In addition, the Company
has identified potential liabilities at 30 of its current or former facilities,
including those of its subsidiaries. Investigations or remediation are ongoing
at these properties as required by government regulations or as part of the
Company's property management policy. Based on current information, expenses for
these sites are not expected to exceed $34 million in the aggregate over the
next 5 years.

     The Company is carefully managing its involvement with these sites to
ensure compliance, minimize costs and liabilities, and ensure protection of the
environment and the public. Legal action has been commenced by the Company
against historical liability insurers to recover for certain past and
anticipated future costs in connection with some of these sites. The Company's
accounting policy with respect to environmental costs in general is described in
Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

YEAR 2000

     The Company's efforts to address Year 2000 issues regarding its information
systems began in 1995 and were expanded to address the impact of Year 2000 on
the Company's non-information systems areas, including Year 2000 compliance of
third parties, in 1997. The Company established a Year 2000 Steering Committee
in 1997, including officers of the Company, to oversee readiness efforts and
address Year 2000 issues. The Steering Committee members include leaders from
various corporate functions, providing the Steering Committee with broad
perspectives and representation to address the numerous Year 2000 issues facing
the Company. These issues are similar to Year 2000 issues faced by nearly every
manufacturing company worldwide. Additionally, the Company has worked with a
leading Year 2000 consultant to develop and implement a plan for addressing Year
2000 issues.

     The Company has organized its Year 2000 Plan to address nine defined areas,
referred to as Process Streams. The nine Process Streams are: Information
Technology, Product, Production Environment, Facilities, Infrastructure,
Suppliers, Customers, Logistics/Warehousing, and Test Laboratories.

     The Information Technology Process Stream of the Company's Year 2000
readiness efforts set a year end 1998 target date for completion of the
inventorying, remediation and testing of hardware and in-house developed and
licensed software. This target was met by over 99% of the Company's subsidiaries
and divisions. Only a few non-strategic areas that represent minimal revenue to
the Company did not meet this target. Those areas anticipate completing hardware
and software inventorying, remediation and testing by the end of the first
quarter of 1999. The Information Technology Process Stream plans to conduct
re-assurance testing throughout 1999. The Company successfully completed a July
1998 company-wide test. Major systems are scheduled to undergo further
re-assurance testing during the second and third quarters of 1999. The Company
is in the process of developing contingency plans regarding remediation of its
information systems with an expected completion time frame in mid-1999. Upgrades
or modifications and refinement of contingency plans are expected to take place
during the testing process. To enable the Company to focus on these efforts and
to ensure that previously tested systems are not corrupted for the Year 2000, a
temporary freeze on purchases or installation of new information systems will go
into effect on October 1, 1999 and continue through the first quarter of 2000.

     The Product Process Stream encompasses the review and remediation of
products produced by AMP to ensure Year 2000 readiness. Efforts undertaken in
this Process Stream reveal that the vast majority, over 99%, of the Company's
products, by their nature, are not date dependent. The Company has identified
potentially date dependent products and is in the process of testing those
products in accordance with an established test procedure. At this time, testing
of products identified as potentially date dependent is completed in some areas
and continues with respect to other areas. The Company expects to resolve
product issues by the end of the first quarter of 1999. The Company does not
anticipate a material impact on its results of operations or financial condition
arising from product claims associated with Year 2000 issues, but the Company
may experience increased warranty or other product claims as a result of the
transition to the Year 2000. The Company is considering options to mitigate
risks associated with any product determined to be not Year 2000 ready.

     The Production Environment, Facilities, Infrastructure,
Logistics/Warehousing and Test Laboratory Streams all, in part, include
evaluating systems and equipment containing embedded technology. The term
embedded technology refers to the process controls, microprocessors or
micro-code "embedded" in production machinery, building controls and supporting
automated equipment. An inventory of the Company's manufacturing, logistics,
administrative and facility systems and equipment containing embedded technology
is substantially complete. The Company has developed a process and database to
address embedded technology issues to promote consistency in the remediation and
testing phases.

     The Production Environment Process Stream encompasses inventorying,
remediation and testing of machinery and equipment in AMP's worldwide
manufacturing facilities. This Process Stream is on target to complete
remediation by the end of the second quarter of 1999. The remediation efforts
have been prioritized into three phases for each geographic region, with Phase I
plants being the most critical and having the highest priority. The remediation
work of Phase I plants and majority of the remediation work for Phase II plants
is scheduled for completion by the end of the first quarter of 1999. The least
critical Phase III plants completed training in January 1999 and remediation
efforts are underway and expected to be completed in May 1999. To date, the
results of the compiled data reflect a very low incidence of corrective action
items.

     The Facilities Process Stream remediation efforts are underway and have a
target completion date of June 30, 1999. The Facilities Process Stream is
responsible for the remediation of facilities equipment within AMP Production
and Non-production facilities.  Additionally, concerns regarding utilities fall
under the Facilities Stream. General Managers and Country Managers outside of
the United States are contacting their respective utility suppliers concerning
Year 2000 readiness. In February 1999 a letter was sent to the Company's
electric, water, and natural gas utility providers in the United States
requesting information concerning their Year 2000 readiness.

     The Infrastructure Process Stream incorporates the remediation of the
Global AMP data networks and devices attached to these networks (e.g., voice
mail systems, PBXs, PCs and servers). This Process Stream is on target to
complete its tasks by the end of the second quarter of 1999. Comprehensive
front-end research has recognized high dividends in the development of PC,
non-PC, and software remediation strategy, process design, and the selection of
test and remediation tools.

     The Logistics/Warehousing Process Stream focuses on the distribution and
transportation of AMP's products, which includes AMP distribution centers,
stand-alone warehouses and third party locations. The goal of this Stream is to
be Year 2000 ready by April 30, 1999. The Company's Year 2000 Test Laboratories
Process Stream covers AMP's global test labs and has a target Year 2000
readiness date of May 1999.

     The Company does not anticipate a material impact on its results of
operations or financial condition arising from Year 2000 embedded technology
issues, or from the issues addressed by the Production Environment, Facilities,
Infrastructure, Logistics/Warehousing or Test Laboratories Streams. However, the
lack of resources and the inability to discover and correct Year 2000 issues
could result in a failure to remediate all Year 2000 embedded technology issues
and could impact the Company's ability to manufacture and deliver product to
meet customer demands. Also, the ability of utility companies to supply
uninterrupted power, fuel, and water on and after January 1, 2000 is critical to
the Company's ability to ensure uninterrupted customer service and operations
and is beyond the Company's control. The Company is formalizing contingency
plans to mitigate this risk as the remediation and verification work proceeds,
including prioritization of tasks. The Contingency Plans are currently being
developed and are expected to be finalized in mid-1999.

     Under the Supplier Process Stream, the Company is contacting its suppliers
and soliciting information on suppliers' Year 2000 compliance efforts and
status. This interaction is useful both to provide information necessary to
address some embedded technology issues and to assess the ability of suppliers
to provide the Company with the materials and services the Company will need in
and after the Year 2000. Global strategic suppliers have been identified,
contacted, and requested to complete a detailed survey. Survey reviews, supplier
follow-up, and auditing are scheduled to be substantially complete by the end of
March 1999. Contingency Plans for the removal of "at-risk" suppliers from the
supplier base are scheduled to be completed during the second quarter of 1999.
While the Company does not anticipate a material impact on its results of
operations or financial condition, the Company faces some risk that its
suppliers will not achieve Year 2000 compliance and the flow of materials and
services to the Company may be disrupted. The Company is considering options to
mitigate this risk, such as locating alternate sources of supply and increasing
inventory levels of certain materials.

     AMP's Year 2000 Customer Process Stream is responsible for providing an
integrated service center that reflects AMP's commitment to its customers, and
that assists the other AMP Process Streams in achieving their Year 2000
objectives. External customers utilize the services of this Stream to obtain the
readiness status for AMP part numbers, for general Year 2000 inquiries and
survey requests, and to arrange customer audits or visits. The Customer service
center also serves as a repository of information for AMP's Year 2000 program.

     To date, incremental internal costs and external expenses for the Company's
Year 2000 readiness efforts have been approximately $20.4 million. The total
incremental internal costs and external expenses are not anticipated to exceed
$35 million. The remaining costs will be incurred primarily in 1999.

     At this time the Company does not anticipate any material negative impact
to its results of operations or financial condition related to Year 2000 issues;
however, the Company is reliant in part on the effective execution by customers
and suppliers in dealing with these issues. Accordingly, recognizing the many
factors affecting the Company which are outside of the Company's control, such
as suppliers of goods and services (including municipalities and utilities on a
global basis), the Company is not able to state it will be completely unaffected
by the Year 2000.

     The statements that are not strictly historical facts and estimates and
conclusions in this disclosure are forward-looking statements and are based upon
currently available information and management's best estimate of future events,
employing assumptions regarding continued availability of internal and external
resources, third party action and numerous other factors. These statements,
estimates and conclusions may change as the Company performs its assessment,
remediation and testing phase of its embedded technology areas.

EURO

     AMP successfully completed the necessary enhancements to our legacy
systems, banking arrangements, and operational procedures to ensure
Euro-compliance before the end of 1998. The Corporation is able to quote prices,
process orders, invoice customers and collect cash in Euros throughout Europe.
This capability will be introduced into other functional areas and geographic
regions within the context of the ongoing development of the Corporation's
global infrastructure. Introduction of the Euro has not resulted in any material
adverse impact upon the Corporation, although the Corporation continues to
monitor the risk of price erosion which could result from increased price
transparency among countries using the Euro.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     The Company is subject to market risk associated with changes in interest
rates, foreign currency exchanges rates, stock prices and certain commodity
prices. In order to manage the volatility relating to its more significant
market risks over the short-term (less than 24 months), the Company enters into
forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency swaps and
commodity swaps. A formalized treasury risk management policy has been
implemented by the Company that describes the procedures and controls over
executing these transactions. All such transactions are executed by the
Company's Risk Committee, which operates under policies and limits set by the
Board of Directors. There is an approved list of types of hedging instruments
which can be used, as well as an approved list of acceptable counter-parties.
Under the policy, the Company does not execute transactions or hold derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. Hedging activites related to the
transactional risk of intercompany inventory purchases, dividends and royalty
streams, as well as commodity price exposures are executed with the goal of
hedging a significant portion of the exposure when it is cost effective to do
so.

     Longer-term market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations is managed using several strategies. The Company establishes local
production facilities in the major markets it serves and invoices customers in
the same currency as the source of the products. Currency parity clauses are
also included in agreements with foreign suppliers and customers. Furthermore,
an effort is made to source more product from countries with weaker currencies
and sell more into markets with stronger currencies. Translation exposure
related to investments in the net assets of foreign operations is mitigated by
minimizing parent company capital contributions and financing investments with
local currency debt, subject to local exchange controls and tax implications,
royalties and maximizing the repatriation of earnings through inter-company
dividends. On a much more limited basis, the Company will execute foreign
currency swaps to hedge the investment in the net assets of a foreign
subsidiary.

     Interest rate exposure is managed centrally by Corporate Treasury by
offsetting surplus cash and deposits against borrowings on a currency by
currency basis. The interest rates on any net investments or borrowings for each
currency may be fixed for periods of over 12 months using fixed rate loans,
securities and interest rate swaps.

     The Company does not anticipate any material changes in its primary market
risk exposures in 1999.

     The table below provides information about the Company's market sensitive
financial instruments and constitutes a "forward-looking statement." All items
described are non-trading and are stated in U.S. dollars at the contract
exchange rates. The Company's investments in bonds and its debt obligations are
not included in the table below since their carrying amounts approximate the
related fair values and the associated market risk is deemed not significant due
to the strategies described previously.

     See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of
the accounting policies used to account for each of the financial instruments.
As of December 31, 1998, the Company holds marketable common stock investments
that are exposed to price risk with a cost basis of $16.5 million and a market
value of $11.9 million. The unrealized loss on marketable common stock
investments is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income in Shareholders' Equity.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Fair Value at
(U.S. dollars in                                   2001 to                                 Year End 1998
    thousands)             1999          2000      2003<F1>       Thereafter    Total       gain/(loss)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest:
<S>                      <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
  Yen swap - receive     $10,065       $10,065      $10,065      $  5,003     $ 55,328
             pay           6,915         6,915        6,915         3,458       38,033       $(10,432)

Foreign currency:
  Yen swap - receive                                              150,000      150,000
             pay                                                  150,000      150,000         11,804
  Forward contracts<F2>
     British Pound        96,361                                                96,361           (185)
     French Franc         84,181                                                84,181           (915)
     German Mark          46,513                                                46,513           (568)
     Swiss Franc          29,095                                                29,095           (933)
     Japanese Yen         10,312                                                10,312           (491)
     Italian Lira         30,314                                                30,314            395
     Other                18,728                                                18,728             41

Commodities:
  Forward contracts<F2>
     Copper               42,075        21,420                                  63,495         (5,783)
     Gold                  6,917                                                 6,917            119 
     Zinc                  4,125         1,410                                   5,535           (317)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
<F1> Amounts represent cash flows paid and received each year from 2001 to 2003.
<F2> Amounts represent the notional amounts of the contracts.
</FN>
</TABLE>

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of AMP Incorporated:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AMP
Incorporated (a Pennsylvania corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
AMP Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

     As explained in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 1997, the Company changed its method of accounting for costing its
inventories.

     Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in Item 14 is
presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commissions
rules and is not part of the basic financial statements. The schedule has been
subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial
statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in all material respects the
financial data required to be set forht therein in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole.


Philadelphia, PA                              /s/   Arthur Andersen LLP
February 12, 1999                            Arthur Andersen LLP


                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                       AMP INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands except per share data)                      1998          1997           1996    
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>          
Net Sales                                                     $ 5,481,555    $ 5,745,235    $ 5,468,028  
Cost of Sales                                                   3,903,414      3,896,243      3,834,314  
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
       Gross income                                             1,578,141      1,848,992      1,633,714  
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses                    1,071,789      1,103,219      1,033,008  
Restructuring and One-time Charges/(Credits)                      354,587        (21,338)        98,000  
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
       Income from operations                                     151,765        767,111        502,706  
Interest Expense                                                  (63,394)       (31,843)       (31,156) 
Other Deductions, net                                             (84,940)       (57,283)       (33,242) 
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
       Income before income taxes and cumulative
         effect of accounting changes                               3,431        677,985        438,308  
Income Taxes                                                        1,116        220,345        151,324  
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Net income before cumulative effect of accounting changes           2,315        457,640        286,984  
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes, 
   net of tax (see Note 1)                                             --         15,450             --  
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Income                                                    $     2,315    $   473,090    $   286,984  
                                                              ===========    ===========    ===========  

BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

Earnings Per Share before cumulative
    effect of accounting changes                              $      0.01    $      2.08    $      1.31
Cumulative effect of accounting changes                                --           0.07             --
                                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Earnings Per Share                                            $      0.01    $      2.15    $      1.31
                                                              ===========    ===========    ===========


</TABLE>
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of these statements.


                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                       AMP INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              December 31,      December 31,
                                              ------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                            1998               1997     
                                              -----------        -----------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>           
            ASSETS                                                        
                                                              
CURRENT ASSETS:                                               
  Cash and cash equivalents                   $   260,934        $   350,320   
  Securities available for sale                    11,906             79,350   
  Receivables, less allowance for 
    doubtful accounts of $45,987 in 1998
    and $39,679 in 1997                         1,060,425          1,051,422   
  Inventories                                     957,303            908,219   
  Deferred income taxes                           174,263            145,712   
  Other current assets                            153,539            114,777   
                                              -----------        -----------
       Total current assets                     2,618,370          2,649,800   
                                              -----------        -----------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT                   4,785,499          4,627,419   
  Less - Accumulated depreciation               2,896,369          2,711,434   
                                              -----------        -----------
       Property, plant and equipment, net       1,889,130          1,915,985   
                                              -----------        -----------
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS                      245,311            274,218   
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                              32,948                 --
                                              -----------        -----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                  $ 4,785,759        $ 4,840,003   
                                              ===========        ===========   
      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                          
CURRENT LIABILITIES:                                          
  Short-term debt                             $   485,051        $   465,233   
  Payables, trade and other                       479,925            487,863   
  Accrued payrolls and employee benefits          149,265            175,527   
  Accrued income taxes                            125,282            177,278   
  Other accrued liabilities                       232,792            139,395   
                                              -----------        -----------
       Total current liabilities                1,472,315          1,445,296   
                                                              
LONG-TERM DEBT                                    216,751            159,695   
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                  --             48,768   
OTHER LIABILITIES                                 432,355            242,809   
                                              -----------        -----------
       Total liabilities                        2,121,421          1,896,568   
                                              -----------        -----------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                         
  Common stock, without par value-                            
     Authorized 700,000,000 shares,                           
     issued 232,496,129 shares                     81,912             81,670   
  Other capital                                    91,872             91,575   
  Deferred compensation                           (19,752)           (11,169)  
  Cumulative other comprehensive income            17,204             18,606   
  Retained earnings                             2,706,614          2,940,488   
  Treasury stock, at cost                        (213,512)          (177,735)  
                                              -----------        -----------
       Total shareholders' equity               2,664,338          2,943,435   
                                              -----------        -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY    $ 4,785,759        $ 4,840,003   
                                              ===========        ===========   
</TABLE>                                     

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   
                                                                      Cumulative    
                                                                        Other         
                                   Common     Other     Deferred     Comprehensive  Retained       Treasury Stock      Comprehensive
(amounts in thousands)              Stock     Capital  Compensation     Income      Earnings     Shares       Amount       Income
                                   -------    -------  ------------  -------------  --------     ------       ------   -------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at January 1, 1996         $79,580    $83,454   $(2,489)       $176,260      $2,667,755   (14,799)   $(236,532)

Net income                                                                              286,984                            $286,984
                                                                                                                           ---------
Cash dividends - $1.00 per share                                                       (218,875)
Purchases of treasury stock                                                                           (11)        (439)
Distributions of treasury stock
  under stock award plans                       1,501    (5,651)                                      293        8,645
Issuance of common stock
  under stock award plans              895
Amortization of deferred
  compensation                                            1,244
Translation adjustments                                                 (44,658)                                            (44,658)
Change in net unrealized                 
   investment (losses) gains                                            (13,289)                                            (13,289)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Total other comprehensive                                                                                                  
     income                                                                                                                 (57,947)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Comprehensive Income                                                                                                   $229,037
                                                                                                                           =========
Issuance of treasury shares in
  pooling-of-interests                 391        370                                   (39,874)    1,597       44,626
                                   -------    -------  --------         -------      ----------   -------    --------- 
Balance at December 31, 1996        80,866     85,325    (6,896)        118,313       2,695,990   (12,920)    (183,700)

Net income                                                                              473,090                             473,090
                                                                                                                           ---------
Cash dividends - $1.04 per share                                                       (228,240)
Purchases of treasury stock                                                                          (184)      (7,578)
Distributions of treasury stock
   under stock award plans                      6,250    (7,883)                                      462       13,191
Issuance of common stock under
   stock award plans                   804
Amortization of deferred
   compensation                                           3,610
Translation adjustments                                                 (85,100)                                            (85,100)
Change in net unrealized
   investment (losses) gains                                             (6,507)                                             (6,507)
Change in minimum pension 
   liability                                                             (8,100)                                             (8,100)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Total other comprehensive
     income                                                                                                                 (99,707)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Comprehensive income                                                                                                   $373,383
                                                                                                                           =========
Acquisition of business                                                                    (352)       12          352
                                   -------    -------  --------         -------      ----------   -------    --------- 
 Balance at December 31, 1997       81,670     91,575   (11,169)         18,606       2,940,488   (12,630)    (177,735)

Net income                                                                                2,315                               2,315
                                                                                                                           ---------
Cash dividends - $1.08 per share                                                       (236,189)
Purchases of treasury stock                                                                        (1,542)     (56,374)
Distributions of treasury stock
   under stock award plans                        297                                                 603       20,597
Issuance of common stock under
   stock award plans                   242
Issuance of restricted stock
   under deferred compensation
   plans                                                 (8,649)
Amortization of deferred
   compensation                                              66 
Translation adjustments                                                  17,381                                              17,381
Change in net unrealized
   investment (losses) gains                                             (2,457)                                             (2,457)
Change in minimum pension 
   liability                                                            (16,326)                                            (16,326)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Total other comprehensive
     income                                                                                                                  (1,402)
                                                                                                                           ---------
   -Comprehensive income                                                                                                   $    913
                                   -------    -------  --------         -------      ----------   -------    ---------     =========
 Balance at December 31, 1998      $81,912    $91,872  $(19,752)        $17,204      $2,706,614   (13,569)   $(213,512)
                                   =======    =======  ========         =======      ==========   =======    ========= 
</TABLE>

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of these statements.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                             -------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                                          1998           1997         1996   
                                                             ---------      ---------    ---------
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS at January 1                       $ 350,320      $ 223,779    $ 212,538 
                                                             ---------      ---------    ---------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                   
  Net income                                                     2,315        473,090      286,984 
  Noncash adjustments-                                                  
    Depreciation and amortization                              424,320        438,956      424,100 
    Restructuring and one-time charges/(credits),
      net of 1998 cash payments of $71,110                     343,935        (25,852)     195,000 
    Effect of accounting changes                                    --        (22,889)          -- 
    Deferred income taxes                                     (100,393)        33,709      (42,922)
    (Decrease)increase to other liabilities                     (8,268)         3,954        9,007 
    Other, net                                                  47,638         56,596       15,438 
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities                         
      net of effects of acquisitions of businesses            (165,462)      (171,014)     (95,474)
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
      Cash provided by operating activities                    544,085        786,550      792,133 
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                   
  Additions to property, plant and equipment                  (475,872)      (481,286)    (592,341)
  Decrease(increase) in securities
    available for sale                                          63,602        (62,735)      30,226 
  Acquisitions of businesses, less cash acquired                    --             --      (50,052)
  Decrease(increase) in investments                              3,391        (13,683)     (32,604)
  Proceeds on retirement of fixed assets                        42,726         56,161        5,168
  Other, net                                                        --            804          763
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
      Cash used for investing activities                      (366,153)      (500,739)    (638,840)
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                   
  Changes in short-term debt                                    (9,845)        90,475      105,394 
  Proceeds from long-term debt                                 104,037         46,610       10,239 
  Repayments of long-term debt                                 (68,594)       (49,420)     (33,608)
  Purchases of treasury stock                                  (56,374)        (7,578)        (439)
  Dividends paid                                              (236,189)      (228,240)    (218,875)
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
      Cash used for financing activities                      (266,965)      (148,153)    (137,289)
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH                           (353)       (11,117)      (4,763)
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS at December 31                     $ 260,934      $ 350,320    $ 223,779 
                                                             =========      =========    ========= 
CHANGES IN OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES:                            
  Receivables                                                   37,709        (92,525)     (29,541)
  Inventories                                                  (53,322)      (119,443)     (72,674)
  Other current assets                                         (26,502)        (8,482)     (10,465)
  Payables, trade and other                                    (36,195)        52,406       13,256 
  Accrued payrolls and employee benefits                       (29,331)        14,633       (1,226)
  Other accrued liabilities                                    (57,821)       (17,603)       5,176 
                                                             ---------      ---------    --------- 

                                                             $(165,462)     $(171,014)   $ (95,474)
                                                             =========      =========    ========= 

</TABLE>                                                  

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
of these statements.

Financial Statement Schedules are filed under Item 14.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        AMP INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

1.  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
    --------------------------------

NATURE OF THE BUSINESS--AMP Incorporated (a Pennsylvania corporation) and
Subsidiaries (the "Company") develops, manufactures and markets electrical,
electronic and electro-optic connection products, interconnection systems and
connector-intensive assemblies. The Company's customers include original
equipment manufacturers and their subcontractors, utilities, distributors and
value-added resellers. For further information, see Note 16 - "Business
Segments."

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION--The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Investments
representing ownership of 20% to 50% in affiliates and joint ventures are
accounted for using the equity method.

REVENUE RECOGNITION--Revenue from the sale of products is recognized when
shipment is made, as the customer assumes risk of ownership and title is
transferred at this time.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash in
banks, time deposits, repurchase agreements and investments with original
maturities of 91 days or less on their acquisition date.

INVESTMENTS--The Company accounts for its investments that represent ownership
less than 20% using Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115,
"Accounting For Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS No.
115"). This standard requires that certain debt and equity securities be
adjusted to market value at the end of each accounting period. Unrealized market
value gains and losses are charged to earnings if the securities are traded for
short-term profit. Otherwise, such unrealized gains and losses are charged or
credited to other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity.

Management determines the proper classifications of investments in obligations
with fixed maturities and marketable equity securities at the time of purchase
and reevaluates such designations as of each balance sheet date. At December 31,
1998 and 1997, all securities covered by SFAS No. 115 were designated as
available for sale. Accordingly, these securities are stated at fair value, with
unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive
income in shareholders' equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of
investments, as determined on a specific identification basis, are included in
the Consolidated Statements of Income.

INVENTORIES--Inventories, consisting of material, labor and overhead, are stated
at the lower of first-in, first-out ("FIFO") cost or market.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION--Property, plant and equipment is
stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by applying principally the
straight-line method to individual items. Depreciation rate ranges are
substantially as follows:

<TABLE>
     <S>                                  <C>
     Buildings                            5%
     Leasehold improvements               Life of lease
     Machinery and equipment              10% to 33-1/3%
     Machines and tools with customers    20% to 33-1/3%
     Information system assets            20% to 33-1/3%
</TABLE>

Where different depreciation methods or lives are used for tax purposes,
deferred income taxes are recorded.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major repairs and
improvements, which extend the lives of the related assets, are capitalized and
depreciated at applicable straight-line rates.

The cost and accumulated depreciation of items of plant and equipment retired or
otherwise disposed of are removed from the related accounts, and any residual
values, net of proceeds received, are charged or credited to operating income.

OTHER ASSETS--The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired is
amortized over periods not exceeding 15 years. The Company follows Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"),
which requires recognition of impairment losses for long-lived assets whenever
events or changes in circumstances result in the carrying amount of the assets
exceeding the sum of the expected future cash flows associated with such assets.
The measurement of the impairment losses recognized is based on the difference
between the fair values and the carrying amounts of the assets. SFAS No.121 also
requires that long-lived assets held for sale be reported at the lower of
carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS--Environmental expenditures that relate to current
operations are capitalized or charged to expense as appropriate. Future remedial
expenses are accrued, without regard to possible recoveries from third parties,
when their outcome appears probable and their potential liability can be
reasonably estimated.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION--The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123")
that provides for a fair value based method of accounting for grants of equity
instruments to employees, non-employee directors, or suppliers in return for
goods or services. As permitted under SFAS No. 123, the Company elected to
continue to account for compensation cost under the provisions prescribed by APB
Opinion No. 25. The Company has included pro forma disclosures of net income and
basic and diluted earnings per share in Note 13 as if the fair value based
method had been applied in measuring compensation cost.

RECLASSIFICATIONS--Certain reclassifications were made to prior year balances
to conform with the presentation of the financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1998.

EARNINGS PER SHARE--In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No.
128"), which superseded APB Opinion No. 15 and required dual presentation of
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share ("EPS") on the face of the income
statement. Under SFAS No. 128, Basic EPS is computed using only the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, while
Diluted EPS is computed assuming the conversion of all dilutive securities, such
as options. The effect of the adoption of this statement was immaterial to the
consolidated financial statements of the Company. In accordance with SFAS No.
128, all prior period per share amounts were restated to reflect the new
calculation and presentation. The statement requires a reconciliation of the
numerators and denominators used in the Basic and Diluted EPS calculations. The
numerator, net income, is identical in both calculations. The following table
presents a reconciliation of the shares used in the respective calculations as
well as per share amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1998                   1997                  1996
                        -------------------    -------------------    -------------------
                           Shares      EPS        Shares      EPS        Shares      EPS
                        -------------------    -------------------    -------------------
<S>                     <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Basic Calculation       219,095,220   $0.01    219,769,910   $2.15    219,181,787   $1.31

Dilutive Securities -
Primarily Options           811,559                605,108                415,101
                        -----------            -----------            -----------

Diluted Calculation     219,906,779   $0.01    220,375,018   $2.15    219,596,888   $1.31
                        ===========            ===========   =====    ===========  
</TABLE>

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES--On January 1, 1997, the Company made two changes
to the accounting practices used to develop inventory costs. The first change
was made to standardize globally the definition of capacity used to determine
volume assumptions for overhead rates. This definition more properly reflects
the Company's objectives for plant and equipment utilization and provides for
consistent measurement of AMP facilities.

In an effort to provide increased focus on engineering efforts for both product
development and manufacturing cost reductions, the Company also changed its
inventory costing methodology to include manufacturing engineering costs in
inventory costs. Previously, these costs were expensed in the period incurred
and included in cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The net after-tax benefit of the preceding changes in accounting for inventory
of $15,450,000 ($22,889,000 pre-tax), or $0.07 per share, was presented as a
cumulative effect of accounting changes on the Consolidated Statement of Income
for 1997.

In the first quarter of 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS No. 130").
SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components. The adoption of SFAS No. 130 involves new disclosure
requirements for reporting comprehensive income and did not impact results of
operations. Comprehensive income is defined as the total of net income and all
other non-owner changes in equity, which include: unrealized investment
gains/(losses) on securities classified as available for sale under SFAS No.
115; foreign currency translation adjustments accounted for under SFAS No. 52;
and minimum pension liability adjustments made pursuant to SFAS No. 87. SFAS No.
130 permits the presentation of comprehensive income in the existing income
statement, a new financial statement, or in the statement of shareholders'
equity. The Company has elected to present comprehensive income in the
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity. SFAS No. 130 also requires the
disclosure of cumulative other comprehensive income in the Shareholders' Equity
section of the balance sheet; changes in cumulative other comprehensive income
in the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity; disclosure of the
components of and changes in the components of cumulative other comprehensive
income; and disclosure of the income tax expense or benefit for each component
of comprehensive income.

Summarized below are the components of cumulative other comprehensive income,
changes in cumulative other comprehensive income, the amount of income tax
benefit/(expense) allocated to each component of other comprehensive income, and
total cumulative other comprehensive income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Net
                                          Currency      Unrealized      Minimum
                                         Translation    Investment      Pension
Dollars in thousands                     Adjustments  (Losses)Gains    Liability     Total
- --------------------                     -----------  -------------    ---------   ---------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
Beginning Balance, January 1, 1996        $156,837       $19,423       $     --     $176,260
  Current period change, gross             (68,180)      (22,505)            --      (90,685)
  Income tax benefit                        23,522         9,216             --       32,738
                                          --------       -------       --------    --------- 
  Current period change                    (44,658)      (13,289)            --      (57,947)
                                          --------       -------       --------    ---------
Ending Balance, December 31, 1996          112,179         6,134             --      118,313 
  Current period change, gross            (126,074)      (10,445)       (16,200)    (152,719)
  Income tax benefit                        40,974         3,938          8,100       53,012
                                          --------       -------       --------     -------- 
  Current period change                    (85,100)       (6,507)        (8,100)     (99,707)
                                          --------       -------       --------     -------- 
Ending Balance, December 31, 1997           27,079          (373)        (8,100)      18,606
  Current period change, gross              25,750        (4,145)       (30,711)      (9,106)
  Income tax (expense)/benefit              (8,369)        1,688         14,385        7,704
                                          --------       -------       --------     -------- 
  Current period change                     17,381        (2,457)       (16,326)      (1,402)
                                          --------       -------       --------     -------- 
Ending Balance, December 31, 1998         $ 44,460       $(2,830)      $(24,426)    $ 17,204
                                          ========       =======       ========     ========
</TABLE>

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," ("SFAS No. 131"), which is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not
impact the financial results of the Company and the required disclosures are
provided in Note 16 - "Business Segments."

In February 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits," ("SFAS No. 132"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. This statement revises financial statement disclosure
requirements for pension and other postretirement benefit plans, but does not
change the measurement or recognition of those plans. Adoption of SFAS No. 132
did not impact the financial results of the Company and the required disclosures
are provided in Note 12 - "Employee Retirement Plans and Retiree Medical
Benefits."

FUTURE ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS--In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities," ("SFAS No. 133"), which is effective for fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 1999. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting
standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded on the balance
sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133
requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting
for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related
results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires that a company
must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions
that receive hedge accounting. The provisions of the statement must be applied
to derivative instruments and certain derivative instruments embedded in hybrid
contracts that were issued, acquired, or substantively modified after December
31, 1997. The Company is in the process of quantifying the impact of adopting
SFAS No. 133 on its financial statements, plans to adopt the provisions of this
statement in the first quarter of fiscal 2000, when required, but has not
determined the method of adoption. However, the Statement could increase
volatility in earnings and comprehensive income.


2.  RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ONE-TIME CHARGES/(CREDITS)
    --------------------------------------------------

1998 RESTRUCTURING AND ONE-TIME CHARGES: In July of 1998, the Company announced
its Profit Improvement Plan which included the reduction of support staff
throughout all its business units and the consolidation of manufacturing plants
and other facilities. Charges recognizable in 1998, as part of the Profit
Improvement Plan, were $376.7 million. To assist in reducing the support staff,
several voluntary early retirement programs were initiated and existing cash
severance plans were employed to cover involuntary separations. The Company also
experienced voluntary resignations from employees due to the planned reductions
in staff, the unsolicited offer to purchase the Company (see Note 17 -
"Unsolicited Tender Offer and Defense"), and the subsequent announcement of the
Company's planned merger with Tyco International Ltd. (see Note 18 - "Merger
with Tyco International Ltd."). Charges for staff reductions recorded in 1998
were $249.9 million and related to the voluntary retirement and involuntary
termination of approximately 3,650 staff support personnel and 2,800 direct
manufacturing employees. These charges, which are reflected in restructuring and
one-time charges/(credits) in the Consolidated Statement of Income, were related
to early retirement programs with acceptance dates within 1998 and severance for
involuntary separations which were computed based on final, approved lists of
employees to be terminated. Of the $249.9 million in charges, $117.5 million was
associated with existing defined benefit pension plans and will therefore be
funded by such plans. This charge increased the pension liabilities and included
$131.0 million in special termination benefits offset by a $13.5 million gain on
curtailment and partial settlement. Approximately 4,100 employees were
terminated and left the Company through early retirement programs and, to a
lesser extent, involuntary separations as of December 31, 1998, with
approximately $70.0 million in severance paid by December 31, 1998.

In addition to the charges associated with staff reductions, the Company
recorded $126.8 million of charges related to plant and facility consolidations
to eliminate excess facilities and manufacturing capacity, discontinued product
lines and divestitures. The charges were primarily associated with the planned
closure and consolidation of 27 manufacturing plants and 26 administrative
facilities and included write-downs of fixed assets and inventories to
recoverable values, holding costs, environmental and other facility cleanup
costs, and commitments. Approximately $47.9 million was charged to the $126.8
million reserve as of December 31, 1998.

The Company expects to recognize substantial restructuring and one-time charges
in 1999 related to the on-going Profit Improvement Plan. The actions taken under
the plan, including personnel reductions and facility closures, are expected to
be completed in 1999 and early 2000.

1996 RESTRUCTURING AND ONE-TIME CHARGES: In the fourth quarter of 1996, the
Company's management performed a review of product lines, manufacturing
operations and other activities to rationalize their existence based on
performance trends. As a result of this review, the decision was made to take
$167.6 million pretax restructuring and one-time charges in order to exit
various product lines, manufacturing operations and investments that were not
performing or expected to perform at levels which enhance shareholder value. The
primary product lines and manufacturing operations affected included the
cylindrical connector products used in the military/aerospace industry, the
printed wiring board manufacturing operation that used the "additive process,"
various product lines in the former Global Interconnection Systems Business
organization, such as PC Cards and maturing products in the networking industry,
and several U.S. terminal and connector plants and facilities which were
outdated and/or specialized in one particular manufacturing process. The amount
recorded to other deductions, net, of $34.5 million pretax related to equity
investment write-offs and a charge for related commitments for non-strategic and
underperforming ventures of the Company, which were no longer supported.

Throughout 1997 and 1998 the Company executed the restructuring plan by closing
the selected facilities, reducing the related headcount, liquidating inventory
and equipment, transferring continued production to other facilities, preparing
facilities for divestiture, investigating environmental matters, and negotiating
the termination of customer and supplier commitments. During the fourth quarter
of 1997, after the closure and sale of certain restructured businesses, the
Company assessed the status of the plan and concluded that the remaining
activities still to be completed included the sale of various vacated
manufacturing plants, resolution of certain environmental exposures related to
such plants, and product warranty and legal issues related to discontinued
products. The expenditures related to these future activities were estimated at
$14.2 million at that time and the related payments were expected over the next
several years. Consequently, based on the reserve balance at December 31, 1997,
an adjustment to reduce the restructuring reserve by $25.9 million was recorded
as a reduction to cost of sales of $4.5 million and a credit of $21.4 million to
restructuring and one-time charges/(credits).

The significant savings were primarily reductions in expected cash outlays for
distributor product returns, the receipt of additional cash from the sales of
various assets, less severance paid due to a lower number of terminated
employees and the resolution of certain environmental issues with government and
regulatory authorities for amounts less than originally estimated.

The major components of the 1998 and 1996 restructuring charges, excluding the
$25.9 million adjustment noted above, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in millions)                       Year Ended December 31,
Income Statement Caption /              -------------------------------
   Type of Charge                        1998        1997         1996
                                        -------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>
Cost of Sales
       Inventory                        $ 14.6       $ --        $ 35.1
                                                
Restructuring and One-time Charges
       Severance                         249.9         --          13.3
       Facilities & Environmental         77.8         --          42.3
       Contractual  Commitments           14.1         --          26.6
       Intangible Assets / Other          12.8         --          15.8
                                        ------       ----        ------
         Total Restructuring and                               
         One-time Charges                354.6         --          98.0
                                        ------       ----        ------
Other Deductions 
       Investments                         7.5         --          34.5
                                        ------       ----        ------
Total                                   $376.7       $ --        $167.6
                                        ======       ====        ======
</TABLE>

A reconciliation of the activity with respect to the 1998 and 1996 restructuring
and one-time charge accruals follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in millions)                Year Ended December 31,
                                 -----------------------------
                                  1998       1997        1996
                                 ------     ------      ------
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C> 
Balance, beginning of period     $ 14.2     $167.6      $   --
                                 ------     ------      ------                                      
Provision charged to operations   376.7         --       167.6
                                 ------     ------      ------
Cash payments                      71.1       38.5          --
Asset write-offs                   50.2       89.0          --
Increase in pension and                                   
  medical liabilities             124.8         --          --
Adjustment to reserve                 
  credited to Operations             --       25.9          --
                                 ------     ------      ------
    Total reductions in reserve   246.1      153.4          --
                                 ------     ------      ------
                                      
Balance, end of period           $144.8     $ 14.2      $167.6
                                 ======     ======      ======

</TABLE>

OTHER ONE-TIME CHARGES: Other one-time charges taken in 1998 included $38.4
million in reserves for inventory and equipment write-downs that were included
in cost of sales. These charges related to discontinued programs, asset
impairment issues, and the write-off of building improvements.

Other one-time charges taken in 1997 included a $25.5 million pretax charge in
the fourth quarter to write-down certain equity investments that was recorded in
other deductions, net. In 1996, the Company recorded a $27.4 million pretax
charge to cost of sales to reserve for inventory and equipment write-downs
related to canceled programs, specialty products no longer supported and excess
capacity.

3.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
    -----------------------------

At December 31, property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                    1998             1997
                                       ----------       ----------
<S>                                    <C>              <C>
Land                                   $   79,838       $   73,236
Buildings and leasehold improvements      968,176          976,188
Machinery and equipment                 3,394,997        3,243,597
Machines and tools with customers         342,488          334,398
                                       ----------       ----------
                                       $4,785,499       $4,627,419
                                       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense was $414,056,000, $424,919,000, and $410,340,000 in 1998,
1997, and 1996, respectively.

4.  SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
    -----------------------------

Securities available for sale at December 31, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Gross          Gross       
                                                   Unrealized     Unrealized
                                                    Holding        Holding       Market
(dollars in thousands)                 Cost          Gains          Losses        Value
                                      -------      ----------     ----------     -------
1998                                                      
- ----
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Commercial Paper                      $    89        $   --         $   --       $    89
Common Stock                           16,542         2,437          7,162        11,817
                                      -------        ------         ------       -------
                                      $16,631        $2,437         $7,162       $11,906
                                      =======        ======         ======       =======

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997                                           
- ----                                                      
U.S. Government Securities -
 Maturing in 1 year or less           $ 6,004       $    8          $   --       $ 6,012
 Maturing between 1 and 5 years        16,375           43               1        16,417
 Maturing after 5 years                 2,000           --              --         2,000
                                                   
State and Municipal Securities
 Maturing after 5 years                10,600           --              --        10,600
                                                   
Commercial Paper                       30,199           61              10        30,250
                                                   
Common Stock                           14,752        3,932           4,613        14,071
                                      -------       ------          ------       -------
                                      $79,930       $4,044          $4,624       $79,350
                                      =======       ======          ======       =======
</TABLE>

Differences between cost and market of $4,725,000 (less deferred taxes of
$1,895,000) and $580,000 (less deferred taxes of $207,000) were debited and
credited to a component of shareholders' equity called cumulative other
comprehensive income as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were approximately
$133,463,000 and $133,148,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. In 1998 and 1997, gross gains on the sale of securities available
for sale amounted to $1,625,000 and $3,378,000; gross losses were not
significant in either year. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, approximately
$112,564,000 and $153,230,000 of securities available for sale with original
maturities of 91 days or less were included in cash and cash equivalents. The
market values of these securities approximate cost.

5.  INVENTORIES
    -----------

At December 31, inventories were comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                 1998           1997
                                     --------       --------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>
Finished goods and work in process   $542,321       $491,688
Purchased and manufactured parts      307,072        314,375
Raw materials                         107,910        102,156
                                     --------       --------
                                     $957,303       $908,219
                                     ========       ========
</TABLE>

6.  LEASE COMMITMENTS
    -----------------

The Company leases certain buildings and transportation and other equipment.
Capital leases are not significant.

Total rental expense under operating leases for the year ended December 31 was
$84,289,000 in 1998, $80,421,000 in 1997, and $79,113,000 in 1996. Minimum
rental commitments at December 31, 1998, under leases with initial terms in
excess of one year were:

          1999--$46,077,000              2002--$20,596,000

          2000--$33,766,000              2003--$16,399,000
                              
          2001--$23,719,000              2004 and beyond--$36,263,000


7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    ---------------------

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage well-defined
commodity price and foreign currency risks. Financial instruments are not used
for trading purposes.

Commodities swap agreements are utilized to hedge anticipated purchases of
certain metals used in the Company's manufacturing operations. Under these swap
agreements, payments are made or received based on the differential between a
specified price and the actual price of the metals. These contracts generally
cover a one-year period and are accounted for as hedges, with all gains and
losses recognized in cost of sales when the commodities are consumed. At
December 31, 1998 and 1997, commodity contracts involving notional amounts of
$75,900,000 and $87,900,000, respectively, were outstanding. These notional
amounts do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties; rather, they are used
as the basis to calculate the amounts due under the agreements.

From time to time the Company utilizes forward foreign currency exchange
contracts to minimize the impact of currency movements, principally on
anticipated intercompany royalties, inventory purchases, loans and dividends
denominated in currencies other than their functional currencies. The terms of
these contracts are generally less than one year. The purpose of the Company's
hedging is to protect it from the risk that the eventual functional currency
inflows resulting from the intercompany payments will be adversely affected by
changes in exchange rates. Since these agreements hedge intercompany cash flows,
gains and losses are recorded each period based on the market value of the
contract at period end. Contract values for the Company's open foreign currency
agreements, all with A-rated counterparties, at December 31 are summarized
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)             1998           1997
                                 --------       --------              
<S>                              <C>            <C>
U.S. $/British Pound             $ 96,361       $ 82,803
U.S. $/French Franc                84,181         70,385
U.S. $/German Mark                 46,513         50,665
U.S. $/Italian Lira                30,314             --
U.S. $/Swiss Franc                 29,095         30,873
U.S. $/Japanese Yen                10,312         11,693
Others                             18,728          6,958
                                 --------       --------                                               
                                 $315,504       $253,377
                                 ========       ========
</TABLE>

On March 11, 1994, the Company entered into a foreign currency swap with a
AAA-rated counterparty to hedge a portion of its net investment in its Japanese
subsidiary. Under terms of the agreement, the Company will swap 15.9 billion yen
for U.S. $150 million in 2004 based on the exchange rate on the day the contract
became effective. In addition, the contract provides for the Company to make
semi-annual interest payments of 4.61% on the 15.9 billion yen, while receiving
semi-annual interest payments of 6.71% on the U.S. $150 million. The Company has
the unilateral right to unwind the swap early. Due to the fact that this
contract is an effective hedge of an investment in a foreign entity, any gain or
loss on the contract is recorded directly to the cumulative translation
adjustment component of other comprehensive income.

While it is not the Company's intention to terminate any of the above financial
instruments, the fair values were estimated by obtaining quotes from brokers
which represented the amounts that the Company would receive or pay if the
agreements were terminated at the balance sheet dates. These fair values
indicated that termination of the commodities swap agreements, the forward
foreign currency exchange contracts and the foreign currency swap agreement at
December 31, 1998 would have resulted in a $6,000,000 loss, a $2,700,000 loss
and a $1,400,000 gain, respectively. Termination of these agreements at December
31, 1997 would have resulted in a $9,200,000 loss on the commodities contracts,
a $2,900,000 gain on the forward exchange contracts and a $12,900,000 gain on
the foreign currency swap agreement. Due to the volatility of currency exchange
rates and commodity prices, these estimated results may or may not be realized.


8.  INTEREST
    --------

The Company capitalizes interest costs associated with the construction of
certain assets. These costs are not significant. Interest paid during the
periods was approximately equal to amounts charged to expense. Interest income
for the year ended December 31 was $21,363,000 in 1998, $19,169,000 in 1997, and
$13,963,000 in 1996.

In connection with proposed financing related to the self-tender offer (see Note
17 - "Unsolicited Tender Offer and Defense"), the Company paid $29.75 million in
financing fees in 1998. Of this amount, $7.5 million was expensed in the third
quarter of 1998 when paid, while the balance of $22.25 million was capitalized
and included in Investements and Other Assets. In connection with the merger
with Tyco International Ltd. (see Note 18 - "Merger with Tyco International
Ltd."), the Company announced in the fourth quarter of 1998 that its Board
rescinded its authorization for a self-tender offer and accordingly terminated
its offer to purchase up to 30 million shares of AMP Common Stock at $55 per
share. The borrowing intended to fund the self-tender was also terminated and
the $22.25 million of fees, which were initially capitalized, were charged to
interest expense in the fourth quarter 1998.

9.  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
    ------------------------

Research and development expenditures for the creation and application of new
products and processes for the year ended December 31 were $324,900,000 in 1998,
$319,600,000 in 1997, and $315,100,000 in 1996.


10.  DEBT
     ----

At December 31, debt was comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998                   1997
                                          --------------------    --------------------
                                                        Due                     Due
                                                       Within                  Within
                                            Long        One        Long         One
(dollars in thousands)                      Term        Year       Term         Year
                                          --------    --------    --------    --------          
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
International bank loans, 4.5% weighted                               
interest rate (1997-5.2%), repayable
in varying amounts through 2013           $211,189     $27,039    $152,668     $46,616

                                                    
Mortgages and other indebtedness, 7.0%                                  
weighted interest rate (1997-7.2%),        
repayable through 2010                       5,562       3,635       7,027       5,455
                                                    
International overdrafts and demand                               
loans, 4.0% weighted interest rate 
(1997-4.4%)                                     --     454,377          --     413,162
                                          --------    --------    --------    --------          
                                          $216,751    $485,051    $159,695    $465,233
                                          ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


At December 31, 1998, the payment schedule of debt due after one year is as
follows: $43,499,000 in 2000, $24,565,000 in 2001, $36,010,000 in 2002,
$37,254,000 in 2003 and $75,423,000 in 2004 and beyond.

The Company maintains a commercial paper program for maximum borrowing of
$200,000,000. In addition, an agreement for a $150,000,000 five-year revolving
credit facility was signed with a group of U.S. banks primarily to back-up the
commercial paper program. The credit facility was amended in August 1997 to
extend the term until September 1, 2002 and lower the minimum facility fee to 5
basis points from 6.25 basis points annually. Effective September 28, 1998,
under the terms of the agreement the facility fee was increased to 7.5 basis
points. Interest rate options on the facility include: (1) the higher of the
Federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% or the prime commercial lending rate of the
lead bank, (2) LIBOR, or (3) rates determined as part of a competitive bidding
process. This formal syndicated credit facility has a minimum shareholders'
equity requirement of approximately $2 billion. The Company also maintained
additional letters of credit and an uncommitted line of credit in the amount of
$42,000,000 at December 31, 1998. None of these funding sources were in use at
December 31, 1998 and 1997.

In August 1998, the Company entered into a $120,000,000 letter of credit
agreement related to a trust used to fund non-qualified benefits in connection
with the defense of the hostile takeover attempt by AlliedSignal Inc. (see Note
17 - "Unsolicited Tender Offer and Defense").

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the fair values of the Company's short-term and
long-term debt were not significantly different from the respective carrying
values.

11.  SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS
     --------------------

On October 25, 1989, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan
and declared a dividend of one Common Stock Purchase Right (a "Right") for each
outstanding share of Common Stock. Under the terms of the original Shareholder
Rights Plan, such Rights only become exercisable, or transferable apart from the
Common Stock, ten business days after a person or group (an "Acquiring Person")
acquires beneficial ownership of, or commences a tender or exchange offer for,
20% or more of the Company's Common Stock other than in connection with an
acquisition of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an offer approved by a
majority of independent and disinterested directors of the Company prior to the
Rights becoming nonredeemable.

Each Right then may be exercised to acquire one share of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price of $87.50, subject to adjustment. Thereafter, upon
the occurrence of certain events (for example, if the Company is the surviving
corporation of a merger with an Acquiring Person), the Rights entitle holders
other than the Acquiring Person to acquire Common Stock having a value of twice
the exercise price of the Rights. Alternatively, upon the occurrence of certain
other events (for example, if the Company is acquired in a merger or other
business combination transaction in which the Company is not the surviving
corporation), the Rights would entitle holders other than the Acquiring Person
to acquire Common Stock of the Acquiring Person having a value twice the
exercise price of the Rights.

On August 20, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors amended the Rights
Agreement to provide that the Rights would become nonredeemable if there were a
change in the Company's Board following the announcement of an Unsolicited
Acquisition Proposal (as defined in the amendment), such that "disinterested
directors" (as defined under Pennsylvania law) then in office, and persons
appointed by the Board, no longer constituted a majority of the Company's Board.
The Rights Agreement also was amended to provide that, unless the Rights were
previously redeemed, a merger or other business combination transaction will be
a triggering event.

On September 17, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors further amended the
Rights Agreement to reduce the threshold percentage at which the Rights become
exercisable from 20% to 10%, for any person which has made an unsolicited
acquisition proposal and to make the Rights nonamendable when the Rights are not
redeemable. The Rights Agreement also was amended to provide that its terms may
not be amended, the Rights shall not be redeemable and the Board of Directors
will not be entitled to exercise certain discretionary authority otherwise
available or to take other actions, upon the adoption of a Bylaw intended to
limit the authority of the Board of Directors and/or confer authority on any
person other than the Board of Directors to take action with respect to the
Rights Agreement and the Rights issued thereunder.

The Rights may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of 1/2 cent per
Right at any time until the tenth business day following public announcement
that a 10% position has been acquired or ten business days after commencement of
a tender or exchange offer. The Rights will expire on November 6, 1999, after
which the Company may not adopt a shareholder rights plan for a period of six
months.

On November 22, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors amended the Rights
Agreement so that it will not be applicable to the proposed merger between the
Company and Tyco International Ltd. (see Note 18 - "Merger with Tyco
International Ltd.") so that the Rights are nonredeemable prior to November 6,
1999 or, in certain circumstances earlier, following the termination of the
merger agreement between the Company and Tyco International Ltd.

12.  EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLANS AND RETIREE MEDICAL BENEFITS
     ------------------------------------------------------

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS--The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan which
covers the majority of its U.S. employees. Pension benefits are based on years
of service and earnings near retirement. Assets of the plan are comprised
principally of equity securities and fixed income investments. The plan includes
a provision to increase benefit obligations in the event of a change in control
of the Company, as defined. It is the Company's policy to fund at least the
minimum amounts required by Federal law and regulation.

Certain international subsidiaries also have pension plans. In most cases, the
plans are defined benefit in nature. Assets of the plans are comprised of
insurance contracts and equity securities -- or book reserves are maintained.
Benefit formulas are similar to those used by the U.S. plan. It is the policy of
these subsidiaries to fund at least the minimum amounts required by local law
and regulation.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS--The Company also provides supplemental retirement
benefits to the majority of its U.S. employees through defined contribution
401(k) plans. Participation in these plans is elective, and contributions made
by employees are matched by the Company in varying amounts based upon a
percentage of gross wages and, in certain cases, seniority. Assets of the plans
are invested in mutual funds, a fixed income fund and AMP stock. Charges to
earnings for these plans amounted to $19,874,000 in 1998, $15,953,000 in 1997,
and $15,944,000 in 1996.

VOLUNTARY EARLY RETIREMENT PROGRAMS--In July of 1998, the Company offered
enhanced retirement benefits to a targeted group of U.S. employees as an
inducement for them to retire. Approximately 1,700 employees accepted this
offer. The cost of special benefits provided to this group amounted to
approximately $113,500,000 and was recorded as part of the Company's third
quarter restructuring charge. A related settlement gain of approximately
$20,000,000 was also recorded as part of the Company's third quarter
restructuring charge. The election by most retirees to take their benefits as a
lump sum payment from the pension plan reduced plan assets by approximately
$312,000,000.

In addition, eligibility requirements for the Company's health care continuation
program were amended to provide benefits to those electing retirement under this
special program. The cost of these benefits amounted to $7,296,000 and was
recorded as part of the Company's third quarter restructuring charge.

The Company's subsidiary in Japan also offered special termination benefits to
its employees. These benefits, comprised of cash payments and enhanced pension
benefits, were provided to approximately 300 employees who elected early
retirement. The cost of enhanced pension benefits amounted to approximately
$17,600,000 and was included in the Company's third quarter restructuring
charge, as well as the associated settlement and curtailment loss of $6,500,000.

Components of net periodic pension cost for the year ended December 31 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           U. S. Plans                   International Plans
                                  ----------------------------      -----------------------------
(dollars in thousands)               1998      1997     1996           1998      1997       1996
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
<S>                               <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>
Service cost                      $ 31,811   $29,077   $29,496      $ 16,230  $ 16,031   $ 14,775
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Interest cost                       55,737    53,700    48,059        14,455    14,164     13,053
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Expected return on plan assets     (61,754)  (60,337)  (54,382)      (16,243)  (16,084)   (13,951)
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Amortization amounts:
   Transition obligation            (1,435)   (1,744)   (1,744)          884     1,005      1,087
   Prior service cost                2,442     1,758     1,689            82        85        187
   Actuarial (gain) loss               475       251       602         1,083       (66)      (497)
   Other items                        (711)     (961)     (959)           --        --       (459)
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Net amortization and deferral          771      (696)     (412)        2,049     1,024        318
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Settlement (gain) loss             (25,026)       --        --         5,038        --         --
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Curtailment loss                        --        --        --           579        --         --
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Special termination benefits       113,513        --        --        17,605        --         --
                                  --------   -------   -------      --------  --------   --------
Net periodic pension cost         $115,052   $21,744   $22,761      $ 39,713  $ 15,135   $ 14,195
                                  ========   =======   =======      ========  ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
Changes in the pension benefit obligation during 1998 and 1997 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                             1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>   
Net benefit obligation at January 1             $ 811,498      $ 672,959      $ 298,571      $ 299,754
Service Cost                                       31,811         29,077         16,230         16,031
Interest Cost                                      55,737         53,700         14,455         14,164
Participant contributions                              --             --            932            474
Plan amendments                                     9,214             --             39             --
Actuarial losses                                   18,199         80,056         55,074          4,779
Curtailments                                           --             --        (30,803)            --
Settlements paid                                 (312,043)            --        (15,230)            --
Special termination benefits                      113,513             --         17,605             --
Gross benefits paid                               (38,666)       (24,294)       (10,419)        (5,951)
Effect of exchange rate changes                        --             --         31,018        (30,680)
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Net benefit obligation at December 31           $ 689,263      $ 811,498      $ 377,472      $ 298,571
                                                =========      =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>
Changes in the fair value of pension assets during 1998 and 1997 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                             1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Fair value at January 1                         $822,850       $701,592       $252,689       $258,561
Actual return on plan assets                      91,375        145,237          7,144          9,994
Employer contributions                               239            184         21,132         13,413
Employee contributions                                --             --            932            474
Settlements paid                                (312,043)            --        (15,230)            --
Gross benefits paid                              (28,230)       (24,163)       (10,419)        (5,951)
Effect of exchange rate changes                       --             --         21,646        (23,802)
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
Fair value at December 31                       $574,191       $822,850       $277,894       $252,689
                                                ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of funded status with amounts recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997 appears below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                             1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
(Under)/Over funded status at December 31       $(115,072)     $  11,352      $(99,578)      $(45,882)
Unrecognized (gain) loss                         (100,141)      (111,001)       57,005         23,887
Unrecognized prior service cost                    12,335          5,563         1,195          1,299
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation         (6,048)       (12,747)        6,070          6,987
                                                ---------      ---------      --------       --------
Net liability recognized at December 31         $(208,926)     $(106,833)     $(35,308)      $(13,709)
                                                =========      =========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and
1997 consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                             1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Prepaid benefit cost                            $     853      $     649      $     --       $ 16,067
Accrued benefit cost in other liabilities        (209,779)      (107,482)      (35,308)       (29,776)
Additional minimum liability in other
   liabilities                                    (10,431)            --       (43,170)       (22,600)
Intangible asset                                      717             --         5,973          6,154
Other comprehensive income                          9,714             --        37,197         16,446
                                                ---------      ---------      --------       --------
Net liability recognized at December 31         $(208,926)     $(106,833)     $(35,308)      $(13,709)
                                                =========      =========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

The following data applies to plans whose accumulated benefit obligation exceeds
the fair value of plan assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
(dollars in thousands)                             1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation                  $25,125        $18,554        $279,571       $214,017
Fair value of plan assets                       $ 4,005        $    --        $212,372       $192,430
</TABLE>

The following assumptions were used in these determinations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        U. S. Plans             International Plans
                                                ------------------------      ------------------------
                                                   1998           1997          1998           1997
                                                ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Discount rate at December 31                       6.75%          7.00%         4.25%          5.00%
Rate of increase in compensation levels            4.00%          4.50%         3.00%          3.00%
Expected long-term rate of return                  9.50%          9.50%         6.00%          6.50%
</TABLE>

RETIREE MEDICAL BENEFITS--In addition to providing pension and 401(k) benefits,
the Company also provides health care coverage continuation for qualifying U.S.
retirees from the date of retirement to age 65. This plan has no assets and is
funded by the Company on an as needed basis.

Components of net periodic retiree medical cost for the year ended December 31
were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                      1998      1997     1996
                                          -------    ------   ------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>      <C>
Service cost                              $ 2,134    $1,946   $2,016
                                          -------    ------   ------
Interest cost                               2,654     1,953    1,915
                                          -------    ------   ------
Amortization amounts:                                             
   Transition obligation                    1,071     1,071    1,071
   Actuarial loss (gain)                       17      (380)    (382)
                                          -------    ------   ------
Net amortization and deferral:              1,088       691      689
                                          -------    ------   ------
Special termination benefits                7,296        --       --
                                          -------    ------   ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost  $13,172    $4,590   $4,620
                                          =======    ======   ======
</TABLE>

Changes in the post retirement benefit obligation during 1998 and 1997 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                               1998     1997
                                                   -------   -------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>            
Net benefit obligation at January 1                $28,023   $27,044
Service Cost                                         2,134     1,946
Interest Cost                                        2,654     1,953
Participant contributions                              679       493
Actuarial losses (gains)                            30,334      (776)
Special termination benefits                         7,296        --
Gross benefits paid                                 (3,631)   (2,637)
                                                   -------   -------
Net benefit obligation at December 31              $67,489   $28,023
                                                   =======   =======
</TABLE>

A reconciliation of funded status with amounts recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997 appears below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                        1998        1997
                                            --------    --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>
Under funded status at December 31          $(67,489)   $(28,023)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)            22,897      (7,421)
Unrecognized transition obligation            14,993      16,064
                                            --------    --------
Net liability recognized at December 31     $(29,599)   $(19,380)
                                            ========    ========
</TABLE>

Retiree medical benefits expense was computed using a medical cost trend rate of
8.0% graded to 5.5% in year 2002 and later. For each increase of 1% in the
medical cost trend rate the benefit obligation would increase approximately
$3,100,000 and the total service and interest cost components of net periodic
postretirement benefits cost would increase approximately $300,000. For each
decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate the benefit obligation would
decrease approximately $3,000,000 and the total service and interest cost
components of net periodic postretirement benefits cost would decrease
approximately $300,000. The discount rate used to compute the obligation was
6.75% and 7.0% at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

13.  STOCK AWARD PLANS
     -----------------

LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN--In April 1993, the shareholders approved the
1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan, as amended in April
1995, provides that Stock Bonus Units ("SARs"), Incentive Stock Options
("ISOs"), Non-Qualified Stock Options ("NQSOs") and/or performance restricted
stock may be issued to key employees. Awards of up to 10,000,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock may be made under this Plan.

STOCK OPTIONS--The Board of Directors determines the terms and conditions
applicable to each Stock Option award. The option price per share of Common
Stock will not be less than 100% of the fair value of the stock on the award
date. Options expire no later than ten years from date of grant and may not be
exercised earlier than twelve months from such date. Generally, options granted
under the Plan since inception become exercisable on the third anniversary of
the grant date.

The Company accounts for stock option awards as prescribed by Accounting
Principles Board Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and its
related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized
in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Had the Company recorded compensation
expense for the fair value of the options granted, as provided by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," the Company's net income and basic and diluted earnings per share
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)      1998         1997         1996
                                                 ---------    --------     --------
<S>                         <C>                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Net income--                As reported          $  2,315     $473,090     $286,984
                            Pro forma            $(15,430)    $461,778     $281,400

Earnings per share--
  Basic and Diluted EPS     As reported          $   0.01     $   2.15     $   1.31
                            Pro forma            $  (0.07)    $   2.10     $   1.28
</TABLE>

In order to calculate the fair value of stock options at date of grant, the
Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions
were used:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1998       1997      1996
                                            -------    ------    ------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>
Expected option term in years                  6.5       6.5       6.5
Stock price volatility factor                 27.0      25.3      25.3
Dividend yield                                2.5%      2.5%      2.5%
Risk free interest rate                      5.50%     6.49%     6.43%
</TABLE>

A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plan follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1998                          1997                           1996
                          --------------------------    -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                            Number     Average Price       Number       Average Price     Number       Average Price
                          of Shares      Per Share       of Shares        Per Share      of Shares        Per Share
                          -----------  -------------    -----------    --------------   -----------    --------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>                <C>
Balance, January 1         5,847,332      $40.42          4,226,063        $36.69       2,539,519          $36.54
    Granted                2,795,828       31.32          2,040,900         47.03       1,838,200           36.61
    Exercised               (254,430)      37.00           (261,543)        32.09         (80,699)          25.74
    Canceled                (147,375)      37.56           (158,088)        39.83         (70,957)          41.80
                           ----------     ------          ---------        ------       ---------          ------

Balance at December 31     8,241,355      $37.49          5,847,332        $40.42       4,226,063          $36.69
                           ----------     ------          ---------        ------       ---------          ------

Exercisable at
    December 31            2,295,955      $37.70          1,231,783        $34.00         670,933          $29.61
                           ----------     ------          ---------        ------       ---------          ------

Fair value of options
Granted during year                       $ 8.93                           $13.94                          $10.88
                                          ------                           ------                          ------
</TABLE>

STOCK BONUS UNITS--Stock Bonus Units awarded under the Plan may be granted to
participants with or without a Supplemental Cash Bonus, at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. The designated value of each Stock Bonus Unit may not be
less than 95% of the average fair value of the stock over the 10 days preceding
the award date. Awards are computed by multiplying vested Bonus Units by the
excess of the market price of the Company's Common Stock over the designated
value of the Stock Bonus Unit. Approximately 55,000 shares would be distributed
in the years 1999 and 2000 for Stock Bonus Units granted before and outstanding
at December 31, 1998, based on the market price at that date. Currently, it is
the Company's intention that no future grants of Stock Bonus Units will be made.

PERFORMANCE RESTRICTED STOCK--In April 1995, the Company's shareholders approved
an amendment to the Plan which provided for the issuance of restricted stock to
key executives. Shares vest over a three year period based on the attainment of
specified average annual earnings growth and return-on-equity targets. Data
relative to shares awarded is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998           1997            1996
                                              ------------   ------------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
Number of shares awarded                        119,900         175,900        154,300
Fair value of shares granted during year       $  30.38        $  47.00       $  36.63
</TABLE>

Charges (credits) to income before income taxes for current and future
distributions under these plans for the year ended December 31 totaled
($531,000) in 1998, $6,761,000 in 1997, and $1,099,000 in 1996.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN-- Effective July 1, 1998, the Company adopted an
Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby 3,000,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock were made available to its employees for purchase. All employees in the
United States and certain subsidiaries of the Company are eligible to
participate. Employee elections are made quarterly and a maximum of 15% of pay,
not to exceed $21,250 per employee annually, may be withheld via payroll
deduction for the purchase of shares under this plan.

At the conclusion of each quarterly period, the purchase price of the shares to
be distributed is determined by discounting the lower of the market value on the
first or last day of the quarterly period by 15%. Differences between the cost
and market value of the shares distributed are charged to or creditied to other
capital. During 1998, 148,316 shares with an average price of $29.80 per share
were purchased by participants.

Due to the Company's planned merger with Tyco International Ltd. (see Note 18 -
"Merger with Tyco International Ltd."), the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was
frozen effective January 1, 1999, and will be terminated upon the consummation
of the merger.

All of the performance restricted stock, stock options, and stock bonus units
will vest immediately on the effective date of the merger with Tyco
International Ltd. (see Note 18 - "Merger with Tyco International Ltd.").

14.  SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
     -----------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the 3 Months Ended
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------
(dollars in thousands except               March 31        June 30      September 30    December 31
 per share data)                         -----------     -----------    ------------    -----------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
  1998
- ---------
Net sales                                $1,394,889      $1,352,762     $1,337,218      $1,396,686
Gross income                                435,918         374,578        396,268         371,377
Net income                                  102,576          54,797        (76,348)        (78,710)
Basic and diluted net income/(loss)           
per share                                     $0.47           $0.25         ($0.35)         ($0.36)

  1997
- ---------
Net sales                                $1,392,867      $1,468,005     $1,432,600      $1,451,763
Gross income                                421,904         472,388        478,070         476,630
Net income before cumulative effect
    of accounting changes                   101,328         107,293        121,605         127,414
Cumulative effect of accounting changes      15,450              --             --              --
                                         -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------
Net income                                  116,778         107,293        121,605         127,414
                                         -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------

Basic and diluted net income per share
    before cumulative effect of
    accounting changes                        $0.46           $0.49          $0.55           $0.58
Basic and diluted cumulative effect
    of accounting changes per share           $0.07              --             --              --
                                         -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------
Basic and diluted net income per share        $0.53           $0.49          $0.55           $0.58
                                         -----------     -----------    -----------     -----------
</TABLE>

The third quarter of 1998 includes an after-tax charge of $126.3 million, or
$0.58 per share for restructuring and one-time charges (see Note 2 -
"Restructuring and One-time Charges/(Credits)"). The third quarter of 1998 also
includes after-tax charges of $13.5 million, or $0.06 per share, to establish a
litigation reserve; $10.8 million, or $0.05 per share, of expenses incurred in
connection with the defense against an unsolicited offer (see Note 17 -
"Unsolicited Tender Offer and Defense"); and $5.1 million, or $0.02 per share,
for non-refundable bank fees related to proposed financing on the Company's
cancelled offer to repurchase 30 million shares of its common stock. The fourth
quarter of 1998 includes an after-tax charge of $153.9 million, or $0.70 per
share for restructuring and one-time charges (see Note 2 - "Restructuring and
One-time Charges/(Credits)"). The fourth quarter of 1998 also includes after-tax
charges of $17.3 million, or $0.08 per share, for expenses incurred in
connection with the defense against an unsolicited offer (see Note 17 -
"Unsolicited Tender Offer and Defense"); and $15.0 million, or $0.07 per share,
for non-refundable bank fees related to proposed financing on the Company's
cancelled offer to repurchase 30 million shares of its common stock. See Note 1
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation of the accounting
changes reflected in the first quarter of 1997. The second quarter of 1997
includes an after-tax charge to net income of $11.9 million or $0.05 per share
to establish a litigation reserve. The fourth quarter of 1997 includes an
after-tax charge of $17.2 million or $0.08 per share to write-down certain
equity investments and an offsetting after-tax benefit of $17.5 million or $0.08
per share for the adjustment to reduce the restructuring reserve that was
established in 1996.

15.  INCOME TAXES
     ------------

Components of income tax expense for the year ended December 31 were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                            1998          1997          1996
                                               --------       --------      ---------
<S>                                            <S>           <S>            <S>
U. S. Federal:
    Taxes currently payable                    $ 48,485      $  96,207      $101,080
    Deferred taxes                              (50,992)        47,729       (42,370)
Foreign:
    Taxes currently payable                      49,681         80,274        85,325
    Deferred taxes                              (49,401)       (11,865)         (711)
Other:
    Taxes currently payable                       3,343         10,155         7,841
    Deferred taxes                                   --         (2,155)          159
                                               --------       --------      ---------
                                               $  1,116       $220,345      $151,324
                                               ========       ========      =========
</TABLE>
At December 31, gross deferred tax assets and liabilities were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                               1998         1997
                                                  ---------     ---------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>
Gross deferred tax assets:
    Inventories                                    $ 89,609      $ 90,256
    Pensions                                        100,073        44,395
    Bonus plans                                       3,781         9,671
    Medical benefits                                 14,478        16,075
    Accruals                                         50,091        27,034
    NOL carryovers                                   18,311        10,264
    Other                                            83,718        56,075
                                                   --------      --------
                                                   $360,061      $253,770
                                                   ========      ========
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
    Depreciation                                   $ 21,246      $ 51,571
    Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries           95,815        66,145
    Other                                            35,789        39,110
                                                   --------      --------
                                                   $152,850      $156,826
                                                   ========      ========
</TABLE>
The Company's income tax payable based upon income tax expense varied from the
U.S. Federal income tax rate for the following reasons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998        1997       1996
                                                        -------    --------   -------- 
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
U. S. Federal income taxes at 35% statutory rate        $ 1,201    $237,294   $153,408
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit           (8,086)      3,628        669
Foreign income taxes, including unbenefitted losses      29,304       6,059      8,017
Low income housing investment tax credit                 (7,489)     (7,525)    (7,810)
Foreign sales corporation tax credit                     (7,352)     (7,900)    (6,705)
Other items not individually significant                 (6,462)    (11,211)     3,745
                                                        -------    --------   --------
Income tax expense                                      $ 1,116    $220,345   $151,324
                                                        =======    ========   ======== 
</TABLE>

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards related to its M/A-COM division
and certain foreign subsidiaries. At December 31, 1998, the tax effect of these
losses and related valuation allowance was approximately $108 million and $90
million, respectively. The valuation allowance increased $50 million in 1998 due
to current year losses at certain foreign subsidiaries. These tax benefits
expire as follows: $63 million in 2000 to 2004, $8 million in 2005 to 2009 and
$37 million have no expiration.

For the year ended December 31, income before income taxes, after allocation of
eliminations, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in thousands)                     1998       1997       1996
                                         --------   --------   --------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
United States operations                 $ 75,076   $521,963   $259,916
International operations                  (71,645)   156,022    178,392
                                         --------   --------   --------
Worldwide income before income taxes     $  3,431   $677,985   $438,308
                                         ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

Provisions are made for estimated U.S. and foreign income taxes, less available
tax credits and deductions, which may be incurred on the remittance of the
Company's share of subsidiaries' undistributed earnings not deemed to be
indefinitely invested. Taxes have not been provided on international
subsidiaries' earnings of approximately $206,000,000 and $204,000,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. These earnings are deemed to be
indefinitely reinvested.

Income tax payments, net of refunds, were $133,873,000 in 1998, $155,215,000 in
1997, and $168,598,000 in 1996.

16.  BUSINESS SEGMENTS
     -----------------

The Company operates in three reportable segments: terminal and connector,
cable, and wireless. The terminal and connector segment produces
electronic/electrical connection, switching, and programming devices and
associated application tools and machines. The cable segment designs and
manufactures cable-based electronic solutions products for voice, data, and
video technology. The wireless segment produces items for home automation,
microwave technology, wireless communication, and network/premise wiring
hardware. The Company serves over 90,000 customers, including original equipment
manufacturers and their subcontractors, utilities, distributors, value-added
resellers, and customers who install, maintain, and repair equipment. These
customers are located in over 143 countries.

Revenues and operating income (loss) from segments below the quantitative
segment reporting thresholds are attributable to three operating segments. Those
segments include an opto-electronics business, an optical cable and assembly
product business, and a printed wiring board business. None of those segments
have ever met any of the quantitative thresholds for determining reportable
segments.

The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer a wide
variety of products within a particular segment. The segments are differentiated
based upon technology, materials, production processes and marketing approaches.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note
1 - "Summary of Accounting Principles". Assets and expenses identified as
corporate or infrastructure support have been included in the terminal and
connector segment. The Company evaluates performance based upon trade sales and
income (loss) from operations, excluding unusual or nonrecurring items.
Transfers between segments are accounted for on an arms' length pricing basis.

The current segment structure was established effective January 1, 1997. The
Company was managed under a different structure prior to 1997 and restatement of
1996 financial information to conform to the current segment presentation is
impractical. Depreciation expense by segment is not calculated as it has not
been deemed a critical factor in managing the business and accumulation of
depreciation expense by segment has been determined to be impractical. The
Company does not include restructuring and other one-time charges/(credits) in
the determination of a segment's profit or loss.

Pertinent financial data by major segments for the year ended December 31 are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
dollars in thousands                                 1998           1997
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Net sales to trade customers:
  Terminal & Connector                            $4,199,696     $4,438,948
  Cable                                              510,226        473,838
  Wireless                                           456,470        461,997
  Others                                             315,163        370,452
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Total                                         $5,481,555     $5,745,235
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
Operating income (loss):
  Terminal & Connector                            $  611,524     $  710,081
  Cable                                              (18,778)        23,768
  Wireless                                             1,685         24,698
  Others                                             (35,084)       (17,288)
  Restructuring and other one-time
     (charges)/credits                              (407,582)        25,852
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Total operating income                        $  151,765     $  767,111
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
Reconciliation to income before income taxes:
  Interest expense                                   (63,394)       (31,843)
  Other deductions, net                              (84,940)       (57,283)
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Income before income taxes                    $    3,431     $  677,985
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
Net inventory:
  Terminal & Connector                            $  748,400     $  722,600
  Cable                                               99,816         94,164
  Wireless                                            88,430         99,103
  Others                                              82,106         79,287
  Eliminations                                       (61,449)       (86,935)
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Net inventory                                 $  957,303     $  908,219
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
Net property, plant and equipment:
  Terminal & Connector                            $1,627,825     $1,581,018
  Cable                                              129,451         89,204
  Wireless                                           127,611        145,269
  Others                                              67,508        105,858
  Eliminations                                       (63,265)        (5,364)
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Net property, plant and equipment             $1,889,130     $1,915,985
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
Capital expenditures:
  Terminal & Connector                            $  390,932     $  414,113
  Cable                                               19,790         24,877
  Wireless                                            43,211         34,351
  Others                                              21,939         17,945
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
    Total capital expenditures                    $  475,872     $  481,286
                                                  ----------     ---------- 
</TABLE>

The $415.0 million of 1998 pretax restructuring and other one-time charges were
recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income as follows: $53.0 million was
attributable to inventory and equipment and recorded in cost of sales; $354.6
million was recorded in restructuring and one-time charges/(credits); and $7.4
million, representing the loss on the sale of a joint venture, was recorded in
other deductions, net. The $25.9 million pretax credit to restructuring and
other one-time charges/(credits) in 1997 was recorded as follows: $4.5 million
to cost of sales and $21.4 to restructuring and one-time charges/(credits).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Geographic Information           1998           1997         1996
- -------------------------------------    ----------    ----------   ----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  United States                          $2,246,099    $2,354,836   $2,209,782
  Germany                                   457,662       450,706      496,688
  Japan                                     529,051       624,510      635,032
  Other foreign countries                 2,248,743     2,315,183    2,126,526
                                         ----------    ----------   ----------
    Total revenues                       $5,481,555    $5,745,235   $5,468,028
                                         ----------    ----------   ----------
Net property, plant and equipment:
  United States                          $  982,161    $1,052,729   $1,077,741
  Germany                                   132,566       106,089      114,519
  Japan                                     247,430       258,542      291,778
  Other foreign countries                   526,973       498,625      543,570
                                         ----------    ----------   ----------
    Net property, plant and
      equipment                          $1,889,130    $1,915,985   $2,027,608
                                         ----------    ----------   ----------
</TABLE>

Geographic revenues shown above are attributed to countries based on location of
customer.

17.  UNSOLICITED TENDER OFFER AND DEFENSE
     ------------------------------------

On August 4, 1998, AlliedSignal Inc. ("AlliedSignal") announced its intention
to commence an offer to purchase all outstanding shares of the Company's Common
Stock at a price of $44.50 per share (the "Original AlliedSignal Offer"). The
Original AlliedSignal Offer commenced on August 10, 1998 and had an initial
expiration date of September 11, 1998. At the time of the Original AlliedSignal
Offer, AlliedSignal announced its intention to solicit consents, among other
things, to amend the Company's Bylaws to increase the size of the Board of
Directors from 11 to 28 and to elect 17 persons, all of whom are directors
and/or executive officers of AlliedSignal, to the Company's Board of Directors
(the "AlliedSignal Nominees"). A record date of October 15, 1998 was established
in connection with this consent solicitation. After careful consideration, the
Board of Directors, by unanimous vote of those present, determined to reject the
Original AlliedSignal Offer as inadequate, not reflective of the value and
prospects of the Company and not in the best interests of the Company and its
relevant constituencies, including its shareholders. At such time, the Board of
Directors also determined not to redeem the Rights (see Note 11 - "Shareholders'
Rights"), not to grant certain approvals under the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law (the "PBCL") which were a condition to the Original AlliedSignal
Offer, and to amend the Rights Agreement to provide, among other things, that
the Rights would become nonredeemable until November 6, 1999 (when the Rights
Agreement will expire in accordance with its terms) if AlliedSignal were
successful in its efforts to elect persons which would cause the "disinterested
directors," as defined in the PBCL as amended, in office prior to such election
to no longer constitute a majority of the members of the Company's Board of
Directors.

On September 14, 1998, AlliedSignal amended its offer (the "Amended AlliedSignal
Offer") to reduce to 40,000,000 the number of shares sought to be purchased. The
Amended AlliedSignal Offer had an initial expiration date of September 25, 1998.
AlliedSignal had also announced its intention to commence another offer,
following the expiration of the Amended AlliedSignal Offer, to purchase any
shares not purchased in the Amended AlliedSignal Offer at a price of $44.50 per
share in cash (the "Second Offer"). According to AlliedSignal, the Second Offer
would be made upon essentially the same terms and subject to the same conditions
set forth in the Original AlliedSignal Offer. At the time of the Amended
AlliedSignal Offer, AlliedSignal announced its intention to solicit consents for
a new proposal (the "Rights Plan Proposal") which would amend the Company's
Bylaws to remove from the Board of Directors and vest in persons designated by
AlliedSignal and to be identified in the amendment to the Bylaws the power to
make decisions under the Rights Agreement.

On September 17, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors rejected the Amended
AlliedSignal Offer and determined to amend the Rights Agreement to reduce the
threshold percentage at which the Rights become exercisable from 20% to 10% (for
any person which has made an unsolicited acquisition proposal) and to make the
Rights nonredeemable and the Rights Agreement nonamendable if the Rights Plan
Proposal is adopted.

On September 18, 1998, AlliedSignal amended the Amended AlliedSignal Offer (the
"Second Amended AlliedSignal Offer") to reduce to 20,000,000 the number of
shares sought. The Second Amended AlliedSignal Offer expired on October 8, 1998
and AlliedSignal announced that it was purchasing shares pursuant to the Second
Amended AlliedSignal Offer.

At a meeting of the Board of Directors held on September 22, 1998, the Board of
Directors fixed a record date of November 16, 1998 for the Rights Plan Proposal.

As a result of the above events, during 1998 the Company incurred approximately
$42 million in fees in defending against AlliedSignal's bid. These fees are
related primarily to legal, public relations, and financial consulting, as well
as other incremental costs associated with special meetings of the Company's
Board of Directors, advertisements, and services from lobbyists. These
expenditures are included in other deductions, net on the Consolidated
Statements of Income and were expensed as incurred. Due to the planned merger
with Tyco International Ltd., the Company expects these expenses to be minimal
subsequent to December 31, 1998.

On September 28, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company's
management to enter into a Flexitrust Agreement to establish the Flexitrust, a
grantor trust, to hold shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Flexitrust was
targeted to free operating cash flow, which would otherwise be used to fund,
among other things, cash and stock benefit and compensation requirements of
approximately $1.0 billion over the next ten years. The Flexitrust would not
affect the Company's employee benefit and compensation plans.

Upon the establishment of the Flexitrust, the Company expected, pursuant to a
Stock Purchase Agreement, to sell to the Flexitrust on or prior to the
consummation of the Offer, an aggregate of 25 million authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock (the "Trust Shares") for a purchase price of $39.1875 per
share, the closing price per share on the New York Stock Exchange on September
25, 1998. The Flexitrust would then issue to the Company, as payment for the
Trust Shares, a 10-year note payable to the Company in the principal amount of
approximately $979.7 million. The Company's note receivable and related interest
income, as well as the Flexitrust's note payable and related interest expense,
would not be recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Future company contributions to the Flexitrust, together with dividends paid in
respect to the Trust Shares, would be sufficient to allow the Flexitrust to make
principal and interest payments due on such note. Cash paid or contributed to
the Flexitrust by the Company is not expected to be retained by the Flexitrust,
but rather returned to the Company as previously described. As principal
payments are made on the note, a proportionate number of Trust Shares would
become available for use by the Flexitrust in satisfaction of certain benefit
and compensation obligations of the Company.

Generally, Trust Shares held by the Flexitrust will be voted or consented on any
matter or tendered in the same proportion that all other shares of Common Stock
are voted, consented, or tendered. However, in the case of a self tender made by
the Company, or in the case of a third party tender or exchange offer for less
than a majority of all outstanding shares of Common Stock, Trust Shares will be
tendered only upon directions of the Flexitrust Committee. The formation of the
Flexitrust and issuance of Trust Shares would have no effect on the Company's
earnings per share calculation and would not change the number of shares to be
issued under the Company's existing stock-based plans. Until the note is paid
down and Trust Shares become available for use by the Flexitrust, the Trust
Shares would not be treated as outstanding for purposes of earnings per share
calculations.

On September 28, 1998, the Company also announced its intention to commence a
tender offer (the "Self-Tender") for 30 million shares of the Company's Common
Stock for $55 per Share. The Self-Tender was designed as a down payment to
shareholders of the impact of the Profit Improvement Plan. The Self-Tender
commenced on October 9, 1998 and was scheduled to expire on November 20, 1998,
unless extended, and was subject to certain conditions, including receipt of the
necessary financing and no change in control of the Company.

The Company estimated that the total funds required to complete the Self-Tender
and to pay certain related fees and expenses would be approximately $1.7
billion. The Company intended to source these funds from a proposed $2.6 billion
Senior Secured Credit Facility, denominated in U.S. dollars, for which the
Company received commitments on October 28, 1998.

On November 23, 1998, the Company announced its intention to merge with Tyco
International, Ltd (see Note 18 - "Merger with Tyco International Ltd."). At
that time the Company announced that its Board rescinded its authorization for
the self-tender offer and accordingly terminated its offer to purchase up to 30
million shares of the Company's Common Stock at $55 per share. In addition, the
Board rescinded its authorization to establish the Flexitrust and the Company
will not issue 25 million additional shares of Common Stock which were to have
been sold to the Flexitrust. Finally, the debt to fund the above was never used
and terminated upon the announced merger with Tyco International Ltd..

18.  MERGER WITH TYCO INTERNATIONAL LTD.
     -----------------------------------

On November 23, 1998, the Company announced its intention to merge with Tyco
International Ltd. ("Tyco") in a tax-free, stock for stock transaction valued at
$51.00 per share of AMP common stock based on Tyco's November 20, 1998 closing
price of $65.0625 per share. The exchange ratio is subject to a collar as
described below. Based upon the price of Tyco stock, AMP shareholders will
receive Tyco stock valued between $51.00 and $55.95 per share. The transaction
is expected to be accounted for as a pooling of interests and the merger is
subject to the approval of both companies' shareholders and customary regulatory
approvals. The Company and Tyco International Ltd. will hold special shareholder
meetings related to the proposed merger on April 1, 1999 and anticipate that the
transaction will be completed early in the second calendar quarter of 1999.

Under the terms of the collar, if Tyco's weighted average stock price is between
$60.00 and $67.00 per share over a 15-day trading period ending four days prior
to the Company's shareholder vote on the merger, the Company's shareholders will
receive Tyco stock valued at $51.00 per share. If Tyco's stock price is between
$67.00 and $73.50, over the relevant trading period, the Company's shareholders
will receive 0.7612 shares of Tyco stock, resulting in a value between $51.00
and $55.95 per share. If Tyco's stock price is above $73.50, the Company's
shareholders will receive Tyco stock valued at $55.95 per share. If Tyco's stock
price is below $60.00, Tyco can terminate the deal unless the Company exercises
its right to close at the ratio of 0.85 and the Company can terminate the deal
unless Tyco exercises its right to "top up" to $51.00 per share. The 15 day
trading period to determine the exchange ratio will start on March 8, 1999 and
end at the close of business on March 26, 1999.

Conditions of the merger include: approval and adoption of the merger agreement
by the Company's shareholders; approval by the Tyco shareholders of the issuance
of Tyco common shares to be delivered in connection with the merger; the absence
of legal restraints to the consummation of the merger; receipt of opinions with
respect to the tax-free nature of the merger and confirming that the merger
qualifies for pooling of interests accounting treatment.

The Company is required to pay to Tyco a termination fee of $300 million, and
pay up to $30 million of Tyco's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, if the merger
agreement is terminated under certain circumstances. If the merger agreement is
terminated under certain other circumstances, the Company may be required to pay
up to $30 million of Tyco's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (but not a
termination fee), or Tyco may be required to pay to the Company up to $30
million of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In addition to the termination
fee, the Company has granted an option to Tyco to purchase shares of the
Company's common stock equal to approximately 19.9% of the outstanding shares.
The option is exercisable under the same circumstances that the termination fee
is payable to Tyco, provided that the profit Tyco realizes on the exercise of
the options may not exceed $301 million, less the amount of the termination fee
that is paid to Tyco.

Prior to November 6, 1999 the Company would be prohibited from entering into or
approving another transaction unless the Merger Agreement is terminated under
certain limited circumstances as specified in the Merger Agreement.

In the event that the merger is approved by the shareholders, a maximum change
in control liability totaling approximately $150 million would be triggered.
Components of the liability include obligations for severance, performance
restricted stock, and professional fees. In addition, the Company will change
its fiscal year-end from December 31 to September 30 to correspond to the fiscal
year of Tyco International Ltd.

                     STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

     The consolidated financial statements and other financial information
contained in this Form 10-K are the responsibility of management. They have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on
a materially consistent basis and are deemed to present fairly the consolidated
financial position of AMP Incorporated and subsidiaries, and the consolidated
results of their operations. Where necessary, management has made informed
judgments and estimates of the outcome of events and transactions, with due
consideration given to materiality.

     As a means of fulfilling its responsibility for the integrity of financial
information included in this Form 10-K, management relies on the Company's
system of internal controls. This system has been established to ensure, within
reasonable limits, that assets are safeguarded, that transactions are properly
recorded and executed in accordance with management's authorization and that the
accounting records provide a solid foundation from which to prepare the
financial statements. It is recognized that no system of internal controls can
detect and prevent all errors and irregularities. Management believes that the
established system provides an acceptable balance between benefits to be gained
and their related costs.

     It has always been the policy and practice of the Company to conduct its
affairs ethically and in a socially responsible manner. Employee awareness of
these objectives is achieved through regular and continuing key written policy
statements. Management maintains a systematic program to ensure compliance with
these policies.

     As part of their audit of the financial statements, the Company's
independent public accountants review and assess the effectiveness of selected
internal accounting controls to establish a basis for reliance thereon in
determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests to be applied. In
addition, the Company maintains a staff of internal auditors who work with the
independent public accountants to ensure adequate auditing coverage of the
Company and who conduct operational audits of their own design. Management
emphasizes the need for constructive recommendations as part of the auditing
process and implements a high proportion of their suggestions.

     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors meets with the independent
public accountants, internal auditors and management periodically to review
their respective activities and the discharge of each of their responsibilities.
Both the independent public accountants and the internal auditors have free
access to the Audit Committee, with or without management, to discuss the scope
of their audits and the adequacy of the system of internal controls.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.


PART III.

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The Company's Board of Directors
- --------------------------------

     The members of the Company's Board of Directors are identified below by
name, age as of March 10, 1999 and a description of each director's principal
occupation and business experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Year First Elected Director         Age      Principal Occupation and Business Experience
- ------------------------------------         ---      --------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>       <C>
Ralph D. DeNunzio       -     1977           67        President of Harbor Point Associates, Inc., New York, New York,
                                                       a private investment and consulting  firm, having served in that
                                                       capacity for more than the past five years.  Mr. DeNunzio also
                                                       serves as a director of Harris Corporation, FDX Corporation and NIKE, Inc. 

Barbara H. Franklin     -     1993           58        President and Chief Executive Officer of Barbara Franklin Enterprises,
                                                       Washington, D.C., a private consulting and investment firm, since 1995.
                                                       Ms. Franklin served as the U.S. Secretary of Commerce in the Bush
                                                       Administration.  She also serves as a director of Aetna, Inc., Milacron Inc.,
                                                       The Dow Chemical Company and Medlmmune, Inc.

Joseph M. Hixon III     -     1988           60        Retired Chairman of the Board of Hixon Properties Incorporated,
                                                       San Antonio, Texas, maintaining real estate holdings and other investments.
                                                       Mr. Hixon served as Chairman of Hixon Properties Incorporated for more
                                                       than five years.

William J. Hudson, Jr.  -     1992           64        Former Chief Executive Officer and President of the Corporation.  Mr. Hudson
                                                       served as an officer and director of the Corporation for more than the past
                                                       five years.  He also serves as a director of Carpenter Technology Corporation
                                                       and The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company.

Joseph M. Magliochetti  -     1996           56        President, CEO and a director of Dana Corporation, Toledo, Ohio, a
                                                       manufacturer of automotive components and systems.  Mr. Magliochetti has
                                                       served as President of Dana since 1995, prior to which he was President of
                                                       Dana's North American operations.  He was elected a director of Dana in 1996
                                                       and elected Chief Operating Officer in 1997.

Harold A. McInnes       -     1981           71        Retired Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of
                                                       the Corporation.  Mr. McInnes served as an officer of the Corporation for
                                                       more than five years.  He has served as Director of PPG Industries, Inc.
                                                       from January 1986 to April 1998. 

Jerome J. Meyer         -     1996           61        Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Tektronix, Inc.,
                                                       Wilsonville, Oregon, an electronic equipment manufacturer.  Mr. Meyer has
                                                       served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and as a
                                                       director of Tektronix for more than the past five years.  He also serves as
                                                       a director of Enron, Corp. and Standard Insurance Corporation.

John C. Morley          -     1991           67        President of Evergreen Ventures, Ltd., Cleveland, Ohio, a family-owned
                                                       investment company, since August 1995.  Mr. Morley is the former President,
                                                       Chief Executive Officer and director of Reliance Electric Company, 
                                                       Cleveland, Ohio, a manufacturer of electrical, mechanical power transmission,
                                                       and telecommunications equipment and systems, having served in that capacity
                                                       for more than five years.  He also serves as a director of Cleveland Cliffs,
                                                       Inc., the Ferro Corporation, and Lamson & Sessions, Inc.  Until, May 1998 he
                                                       served as a director of Acheson Industries, Inc., a privately held speciality
                                                       chemical company headquartered in Port Huron, MI.

Robert Ripp             -     1998           57        Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.
                                                       Mr. Ripp has served as an officer of the Corporation for more than 
                                                       the past five years.  He also serves as a director of Ace Ltd.

Paul G. Schloemer       -     1991           70        Retired President and Chief Executive Officer of Parker Hannifin Corporation,
                                                       Cleveland, Ohio, an international manufacturer of hydraulic, pneumatic and 
                                                       electromechanical components.  He also serves as a director of Esterline 
                                                       Technologies Corporation, Rubbermaid Inc. and Source Capital Inc.

Takeo Shiina            -     1995           69        Chairman of the Advisory Council of IBM Japan, Ltd., a manufacturer of 
                                                       computer systems located in Japan.  Mr. Shiina served as a board member of
                                                       IBM Japan, Ltd. from 1962 until his retirement as Chief Executive Officer in
                                                       1992, having served in the capacity as CEO for more than five years.  He
                                                       also serves as a director of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and a member
                                                       of the European Advisory Board of Bankers Trust Company.
</TABLE>

     The Directors will serve on the Board of Directors until either the merger
with the indirect subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. is consummated or the
next Annual Meeting of Shareholders for the election of directors, whichever
occurs first.

The Company's Executive Officers
- --------------------------------

     The executive officers of the Company are identified below by name, and
their respective ages as of March 10, 1999 and positions held with the Company.
With the exception of Messrs. Clark and Kaleida who are appointed by the
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, all executive officers are
elected by the Board of Directors to serve in their current office for one year
or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. All such
officers with the exception of Messrs. Lang, Lemaitre, Kaleida, Ripp and Urkiel
have been employed by the Company for more than 10 years.

       Name                 Age           Office
       ----                 ---           ------

Robert Ripp ..............  57  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                Officer since 1998.

                                Mr. Ripp joined the Corporation in 1994 in the 
                                position of Vice President, Finance. He was Vice
                                President and Chief Financial Officer from 1994
                                to 1998, also serving as President, Global 
                                Consumer & Industrial Division in 1997, and 
                                Executive Vice President, Global Businesses in 
                                1998.


William J. Hudson, Jr. .... 64  Vice Chairman since 1998.

                                Mr. Hudson was divisional Vice President,
                                Connector and Electronic Products in 1982,
                                divisional Vice President, Far East Operations
                                from 1983 to 1989, Vice President, Far East
                                Operations in 1989, Vice President, Asia/Pacific
                                Operations from 1990 to 1991, Executive Vice
                                President, International from 1991 to 1993, and
                                Chief Executive Officer and President and a
                                Director from 1993 to 1998.

William S. Urkiel.........  53  Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial
                                Officer since 1998.

                                Mr. Urkiel joined the Corporation in 1995 and 
                                was Controller from 1995 to 1997, and Corporate 
                                Vice President, Finance from 1997 to 1998.

Richard P. Clark........... 51  Divisional Vice President, Global Wireless
                                Products Group since 1995.

                                Mr. Clark was Associate Director, Corporate
                                Development from 1989 to 1995, and President
                                and Chief Executive Officer, M/A-COM
                                Incorporated from 1995 to 1997.

Herbert M. Cole............ 62  Senior Vice President, Worldwide Connector and
                                Cable Assembly Operations since 1998.

                                Mr. Cole was divisional Vice President,
                                Communications and Assemblies Group from 1984 to
                                1987, divisional Vice President, Operations,
                                Automotive/Consumer Business Group from 1987 to
                                1988, divisional Vice President, Group Director,
                                Integrated Circuit Connector Group from 1988 to
                                1991, divisional Vice President, Capital Goods
                                Business Group from 1991 to 1994, Vice
                                President, Business Planning, Asia/Pacific from
                                1994 to 1995, Vice President Asia/Pacific in
                                1995, President, Asia Pacific and Vice President
                                from 1995 to 1998 and Vice President and
                                President, Global Terminal and Connector
                                Operations and President, The Americas Region
                                (acting) in 1998.

Thomas J. DiClemente....... 46  Corporate Vice President, Americas since 1999.

                                Mr. DiClemente was divisional Business Manager
                                from 1986 to 1992, Director, Business &
                                Operations Planning International in 1992,
                                General Manager, AMP Italia from 1992 to 1995,
                                Area Director, EMEA (Europe, Middle East,
                                Africa) from 1995 to 1996, divisional Vice 
                                President, Southern EMEA from 1996 to 1997, 
                                divisional Vice President, EMEA in 1997 and 
                                President, EMEA from 1997 to 1998.

Juergen W. Gromer.........  54  Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and
                                Service since 1998.

                                Mr. Gromer was divisional Vice President,
                                Central Europe and General Manager AMP Germany
                                from 1990 to 1994, divisional Vice President,
                                Central and Eastern Europe and General Manager,
                                AMP Germany from 1994 to 1996, divisional Vice
                                President, Central and Eastern Europe and
                                divisional Vice President Automotive Division
                                Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA) from 1996 to
                                1997 and divisional Vice President and
                                President, Global Automotive Division in 1997
                                and President, Global Automotive Division and 
                                Vice President from 1997 to 1998.

David F. Henschel.........  48  General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since
                                1998.

                                Mr. Henschel was Associate General Legal Counsel
                                from 1990 to 1993 and Corporate Secretary and 
                                Associate General Legal Counsel from 1993 to
                                1998.

Richard H. Kaleida........  49  Divisional Vice President, Corporate Portfolio
                                Assessment since 1999.  

                                Mr. Kaleida was General Manager of Advanced
                                Sensors and Interconnection Systems from 1995
                                to 1996, Director Supplier Relations from 1996
                                to 1997, Director Global Purchasing in 1997, 
                                divisional Vice President Global Procurement
                                from 1997 to 1998, Vice President T&C Operations
                                in 1998, and divisional Vice President, Global
                                Product Engineering, Global Product Management
                                and Global Logistics in 1998.

John H. Kegel.............  57  Corporate Vice President, Asia/Pacific since 
                                1998.

                                Mr. Kegel was divisional Vice President, Systems
                                from 1989 to 1992 and divisional Vice President,
                                Logistics from 1992 to 1997.

Mark E. Lang..............  49  Corporate Controller since 1998.

                                Mr. Lang joined the Corporation in 1994 in the
                                position of Controller, Aerospace Government
                                Systems Sector, a position he held until 1995.
                                He was Controller, Global Interconnect Systems
                                Business Group from 1995 to 1998.

Philippe Lemaitre.........  49  Corporate Vice President, Advanced Technologies
                                and Services since 1998.

                                Mr. Lemaitre served as Vice President and Chief
                                Technology Officer from 1997 when he joined the
                                Corporation to 1998.

Joseph C. Overbaugh.......  53  Corporate Treasurer since 1993.

                                Mr. Overbaugh was Assistant Treasurer from 1987
                                to 1993.

Nazario Proietto..........  51  Corporate Vice President, Global Sales and
                                Country Management since 1997.

                                Mr. Proietto was General Manager - AMP Italia
                                from 1982 to 1990, divisional Vice President,
                                Southern Europe from 1990 to 1995, divisional
                                Vice President, Marketing - Europe in 1995,
                                divisional Vice President, Power and Utilities
                                from 1995 to 1997, divisional Vice President
                                and President, AMP Power and Utilities Division
                                from 1997 to 1998 and President, Global
                                Consumer, Industrial and Power Technology 
                                Division in 1998 and Vice President since 
                                1997.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
- -------------------------------------------------------
     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires
the Corporation's officers, directors, and persons owning more than ten percent
of a registered class of the Corporation's equity securities to file reports of
ownership and changes in ownership of all equity and derivative securities of
the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the New
York Stock Exchange. The SEC regulations also require that a copy of all such
Section 16(a) forms filed must be furnished to the Corporation by the officers,
directors and greater than ten percent shareholders.

     Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms and amendments thereto
received by the Corporation, or written representations from the Corporation's
officers and directors that no Forms 5 were required to be filed, the
Corporation believes that during 1998 all Section 16(a) filing requirements
applicable to its officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial
owners were met.


ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                                             Long-Term
                                              Annual Compensation                           Compensation
                                ----------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                                                                               Awards
                                                                                  ----------------------------------
                                                                    Other Annual   Restricted  Securities Underlying   All Other
   Name and principal                      Salary         Bonus     Compensation  Stock Awards     Options/SARs       Compensation
       position                 Year         ($)           ($)           ($)          ($)               (#)               ($)
     -------------              ----       -------       -------       -------    ------------ ---------------------  ------------
          (a)                   (b)        (c)<F1>       (d)<F1>       (e)<F2>       (f)<F3>         (g)<F4>               (h)
- ----------------------------    ----       -------       -------       -------    ------------ ---------------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Robert Ripp                     1998       516,672             0       271,393         847,463      101,100           94,700<F5>
  Chairman of the Board and     1997       400,008       198,804         3,440         733,200       25,100           71,915
  Chief Executive Officer       1996       375,000        46,875        24,157         578,675       25,500           67,000    

William J. Hudson, Jr.          1998       870,000             0       824,116               0       34,028          133,600<F6> 
  Vice Chairman and Former      1997       810,000       534,600        35,608       1,861,200       63,900          126,940 
  Chief Executive Officer       1996       810,000             0        32,548       1,717,713       75,600          110,640     
  and President                 
                                
Juergen Gromer<F10>             1998       434,338        19,545         3,176         361,463       17,400                0    
  Senior Vice President         1997       393,189       176,111        28,141         437,100       15,000                0    
                                1996       425,626        67,975        19,018               0       22,400                0    
                                
John E. Gurski                  1998       416,547             0       223,625         400,950       27,200           54,572<F7> 
  Vice President                1997       370,008       183,894       165,623         620,400       21,200           49,680 
                                1996       350,004        46,200       225,067         538,388       23,800           40,000     

Herbert M. Cole                 1998       402,929             0       741,018         592,313       19,500           65,324<F8>  
  Senior Vice President         1997       218,518       180,564       445,286         639,200       13,600           55,402  
                                1996       253,524        31,500       437,543         505,425       12,800           54,400      
                                
James E. Marley                 1998       710,016             0        605,602              0            0          104,400<F9> 
  Retired Chairman              1997       648,000       429,624        57,707       1,489,900       51,100           99,852 
                                1996       648,000             0        26,018       1,373,438       60,500           85,952     
- --------------------            
<FN>

<F1> Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, designated executive officers are
     permitted to defer receipt of up to 50% of their annual base salary and all
     officers of the Corporation are entitled to defer receipt of all or a
     portion of their annual cash bonus. The period of deferral is within the
     discretion of the executive, but is generally until the year following
     termination of employment. During the period of deferral, the deferred
     compensation may be allocated or reallocated by the executive between and
     among the following investment options: i) an interest-bearing account with
     interest credited monthly based on 120% of the Mid-Term Applicable Federal
     Rate as published by the Internal Revenue Service, adjusted monthly and ii)
     a phantom AMP Common Stock Account in which the phantom dividends are
     reinvested in the phantom stock units. Payments of the deferred
     compensation can be made at the executive's election in either a lump sum
     or up to ten annual installments. Amounts of salary or bonus attributable
     to 1996, 1997 and 1998, the receipt of which has been deferred under this
     plan, are nevertheless included in columns (c) and (d), as appropriate, of
     the Summary Compensation Table.
<F2> Unless otherwise indicated, no executive officer named in the Summary
     Compensation Table received personal benefits or perquisites in excess of
     the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of his total compensation reported in columns
     (c) and (d). Reported in this column is annual compensation related to: (i)
     the Cash Bonus paid under the Corporation's former Bonus Plan (Stock Plus
     Cash) to cover United States income taxes as described in footnote 1 to the
     "Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in 1998 and FY-End Option/SAR Values"
     Table in this Report, and fractional shares of the Bonus Plan Stock Bonus;
     (ii) earnings in 1998 on vested portions of the Performance Restricted 
     Shares issued under the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan in 1995 and
     the associated phantom shares representing accumulated dividends based on
     performance during 1995 through 1997, see footnote 3 of this Table; (iii)
     reimbursement of relocation expenses and payments of estimated income taxes
     relating to reimbursement of relocation expenses to Mr. Ripp in 1996 and
     1997 and Mr. Gurski in 1997; (iv) overseas allowances for Mr. Gurski in
     1996, and Mr. Cole in 1996 and 1997 and (v)certain payments of estimated 
     taxes relating to Mr. Gurski's assignment overseas during 1996, and Mr.
     Cole's assignment overseas during 1996 and 1997 including payments made in
     1996, 1997 and 1998 with regard to previous years' tax obligations and
     reimbursements or refunds received by the Corporation for tax payments made
     in previous years.
<F3> During 1998, 183,200 shares of restricted stock were granted by the
     Corporation, resulting in a total of 518,000 shares of restricted stock
     held at December 31, 1998. These shares had an aggregate value of
     $26,968,375 based upon a $52.0625 per share closing price of the
     Corporation's Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
     Composite Tape on December 31, 1998, and dividends are paid on 63,000 of
     these shares to the same extent as any other shares of the Corporation's
     Common Stock. The number of shares of restricted stock includes certain
     time-vesting restricted shares as well as Performance Restricted Shares
     awarded under the Corporation's 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, which
     vest in 3 years based on achievement of minimum average annual return on
     equity and average annual earnings growth objectives for the Corporation.
     Dividends earned on Performance Restricted Shares, of which 455,000 were
     held at December 31, 1998, are credited to the executive officer's account
     and are deemed to be invested in phantom shares of Common Stock. These
     phantom shares vest only when and to the extent the associated Performance
     Restricted Shares vest.
<F4> Includes awards made pursuant to the Corporation's 1993 Long-Term Equity
     Incentive Plan. The Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan is described in
     footnote 1 to the "Option/SAR Grants in 1998" Table in this Report.
<F5> Includes $4,800 as the company-matching contribution under the Employee
     Savings and Thrift Plan; $10,700 as the company-matching contribution under
     the Deferred Compensation Plan; $3,600 as total director fees paid to Mr.
     Ripp in 1998 by two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation; and 
     $75,600 as the total premium paid by the Corporation in 1998 under a 
     split-dollar insurance plan, including both the portion of the premium that
     is attributable to term life insurance coverage for Mr. Ripp and the full 
     dollar value of the remainder of the premium. The split-dollar insurance 
     plan provides life insurance coverage for Mr. Ripp equal to twice his base 
     salary (in lieu of the coverage available under the Corporation's 
     group-term life insurance plan), and a substantial portion of the value of 
     the advances made to pay the premium as shown in this table will be repaid 
     to the Corporation from policy proceeds.
<F6> Includes $4,800 as the company-matching contribution under the Employee
     Savings and Thrift Plan; $21,300 as the company-matching contribution under
     the Deferred Compensation Plan; and $107,500 as the total premium paid by 
     the Corporation in 1998 under a split-dollar insurance plan, including both
     the portion of the premium that is attributable to term life insurance 
     coverage for Mr. Hudson and the full dollar value of the remainder of the 
     premium. The split-dollar insurance plan provides life insurance coverage 
     for Mr. Hudson equal to twice his base salary (in lieu of the coverage 
     available under the Corporation's group-term life insurance plan), and a 
     substantial portion of the value of the advances made to pay the premium as
     shown in this table will be repaid to the Corporation from policy proceeds.
<F7> Includes $4,800 as the company-matching contribution under the Employee
     Savings and Thrift Plan; $6,972 as the company-matching contribution under
     the Deferred Compensation Plan; and $42,800 as the total premium paid by 
     the Corporation in 1998 under a split-dollar insurance plan, including both
     the portion of the premium that is attributable to term life insurance 
     coverage for Mr. Gurski and the full dollar value of the remainder of the 
     premium. The split-dollar insurance plan provides life insurance coverage 
     for Mr. Gurski equal to twice his base salary (in lieu of the coverage 
     available under the Corporation's group-term life insurance plan), and a 
     substantial portion of the value of the advances made to pay the premium as
     shown in this table will be repaid to the Corporation from policy proceeds.
<F8> Includes $4,800 as the company-matching contribution under the Employee
     Savings and Thrift Plan; $7,724 as the company-matching contribution under
     the Deferred Compensation Plan; and $52,800 as the total premium paid by
     the Corporation in 1998 under a split-dollar insurance plan, including both
     the portion of the premium that is attributable to term life insurance
     coverage for Mr. Cole and the full dollar value of the remainder of the
     premium. The split-dollar insurance plan provides life insurance coverage
     for Mr. Cole equal to twice his base salary (in lieu of the coverage
     available under the Corporation's group-term life insurance plan), and a
     substantial portion of the value of the advances made to pay the premium as
     shown in this table will be repaid to the Corporation from policy proceeds.
<F9> Includes $4,800 as the company-matching contribution under the Employee
     Savings and Thrift Plan; $16,500 as the company-matching contribution under
     the Deferred Compensation Plan; $3,600 as total director fees paid to Mr.
     Marley in 1998 by two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation; and 
     $79,500 as the total premium paid by the Corporation in 1998 under a 
     split-dollar insurance plan, including both the portion of the premium that
     is attributable to term life insurance coverage for Mr. Marley and the full 
     dollar value of the remainder of the premium. The split-dollar insurance 
     plan provides life insurance coverage for Mr. Marley equal to twice his 
     base salary (in lieu of the coverage available under the Corporation's 
     group-term life insurance plan), and a substantial portion of the value of 
     the advances made to pay the premium as shown in this table will be repaid 
     to the Corporation from policy proceeds.
<F10>Mr. Gromer's compensation was paid in German marks. The amounts reported
     for Mr. Gromer have been converted to U.S. dollars based on the average
     monthly conversion rate calculated using the daily conversion rates listed
     by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN 1998
                                                                                                     Potential Realizable Value at
                                                                                                        Assumed Annual Rates of
                                                                                                     Stock Price Appreciation for
                                                           Individual Grants                                Option Term<F3>
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------    -------------------------------
                                       Number of    % of Total
                                       Securities    Options/
                                       Underlying      SARs      Exercise               Market
                                       Options/SARs Granted to    or Base              Price at
                                        Granted<F1>  Employees     Price   Expiration    Grant       0%        5%          10%
        Name                    Date        (#)       in 1998    ($/share)  Date <F2>  ($/share)    ($)       ($)          ($)
        ----                    ----   ------------ ----------   --------- ----------  ---------    ---       ---          ---
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>   <C>           <C>
Robert Ripp                   7/21/97      41,100      1.48        30.375    7/21/08     30.375     0       785,120     1,989,648
  Chairman of the Board and   8/20/98      60,000      2.16        44.850<F4>8/20/08     39.000     0     1,120,613     3,378,357
  Chief Executive Officer  
                           
William J. Hudson, Jr.        12/7/98      34,028      1.22        49.000    7/25/05     49.000     0     1,048,601     2,657,362
  Vice Chairman and Former    
  Chief Executive Officer  
  and President            
                           
Juergen Gromer                7/21/98      17,400      0.63        30.375    7/21/08     30.375     0       332,387       842,333
  Senior Vice President                               
                              
John E. Gurski                7/21/98      27,200      0.98        30.375    7/21/08     30.375     0       519,593     1,316,750
  Vice President           
                           
Herbert M. Cole               7/21/98      22,300      0.80        30.375    7/21/08     30.375     0       425,990     1,079,541
  Senior Vice President

James E. Marley                   N/A           0         0           N/A        N/A        N/A     0             0             0
  Retired Chairman
<FN>
<F1> The Corporation's 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan ("1993 Plan") became
     effective on July 1, 1993 and is a long-term incentive compensation program
     that is based on stock price appreciation in the form of stock options
     (either incentive or non-qualified stock options) and infrequently, in the 
     discretion of the Corporation, in the form of freestanding SARs payable in
     the Corporation's Common Stock or from time to time, in the Corporation's 
     sole discretion, in cash. The 1993 Plan also provides for the award of 
     performance-based restricted stock ("Performance Restricted Shares"). The 
     1993 Plan is administered by the Compensation and Management Development 
     Committee of the Corporation's Board of Directors ("Committee"). Under the 
     1993 Plan, each employee designated by the Committee to participate is 
     credited with stock options having an option price per share of Common 
     Stock that is not less than 100% of the closing price of the Common Stock 
     on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the award date, and/or
     stock bonus units (SARs)having a designated value per unit of not less 
     than 95% of the average closing price of the Common Stock on the New York 
     Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the 10 trading days immediately prior to
     the award date, and/or Performance Restricted Shares. No SAR awards were 
     made under the 1993 Plan in 1998.  Awards of Performance Restricted Shares
     and stock options that were made to the named executive officers in 1998
     are shown in columns (f)and (g), respectively, of the Summary Compensation
     Table in this Report.

     With respect to stock options, with the exception of the award to Mr.
     Hudson on December 7, 1998, see footnote 5 to this Table, all options 
     granted in 1998 to the named executive officers will vest 3 years from the 
     date of award and will expire 7 years after vesting. Except the August 20, 
     1998 award to Mr. Ripp, see footnote 4 to this Table, the options have an 
     exercise price equal to 100% of the closing price of the Common Stock on 
     the New York Stock Exchange on the award date. Under the authorization of 
     the Committee, all options granted in 1998 include a term that permits 
     their transfer to immediate family members, trusts for the exclusive 
     benefit of such members, or partnerships in which such members are the only
     partners. Transferred options may not be further transferred by immediate 
     family members except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, 
     and the named executive officers remain responsible for the income taxes 
     and tax withholding requirements arising upon the exercise of transferred 
     options.

     When SAR awards are made, bonus computations with respect to the stock
     bonus units are made on the 4th through 6th anniversaries of the award date
     for one-third of each participant's bonus units and are based on the
     increase in the market price of the Common Stock over the designated value,
     as established on the award date. The bonus typically paid in stock ("Stock
     Bonus") is the number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate market
     value on the computation date equivalent to the one-third of the
     participant's bonus units multiplied by the increase in market price
     described above. A cash bonus ("Supplemental Cash Bonus") is also paid
     under the 1993 Plan in conjunction with Stock Bonuses. The Supplemental
     Cash Bonus is paid at the same time that payment of the Stock Bonus is made
     and is a percentage of the value of the Stock Bonus that is designated at
     the time of award and is no greater than that calculated to provide a
     payout sufficient to pay the anticipated United States income tax at a
     maximum rate for the highest taxable bracket with respect to the aggregate
     of the Stock Bonus and the Supplemental Cash Bonus. Supplemental Cash Bonus
     awards are not included in this table when stock bonus unit (SAR) awards
     are made in the reported year and disclosed in this table.
<F2> The expiration date for stock options under the 1993 Plan is the date
     determined by the Committee at the time of the award of such options. When
     SARs are granted in the reported year and disclosed in this table, the 6th
     anniversary date is designated as the "expiration date" because
     computations of the Stock Bonus are made on the 4th through 6th
     anniversaries of the award date for one-third of each participant's bonus
     units granted in the award.
<F3> In 1998 the named executive officers received awards under the 1993 Plan
     entirely in either stock options or Performance Restricted Shares awards,
     and therefore assumed values contained in this table relate only to the
     options. These values are based on assumed appreciation rates set by the
     Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast
     possible future appreciation, if any, of the Corporation's stock price. The
     values are based on the difference between the exercise price and the
     exercise price as increased by the assumed annual appreciation rate over
     the 10-year term of the options, compounded annually, with said difference
     multiplied by the number of options granted as shown in the table.
<F4> These options awarded to Mr. Ripp concurrent with his appointment as Chairman
     of the Board and Chief Executive Officer have an exercise price 15% above
     the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on
     the award date and above the tender price then being offered by Allied
     Signal in its hostile bid to acquire the Corporation.
<F5> These options awarded to Mr. Hudson are reload stock options. Non-
     qualified options granted in 1995, 1996 and 1997 and non-qualified and
     incentive stock options granted after 1997 include a one-time reload
     right for officers and senior management subject to the share ownership
     guidelines (the share ownership guidelines are described in Part III, Item
     12 "Security Ownership of Executive Officers" and in the "Compensation and
     Management Development Committee Report on Executive Compensation" in this
     Report). The reload right provides that when an option with a reload right
     is exercised and the payment of the exercise price is made with previously
     owned shares of the Corporation's stock, reload options are granted in an
     amount equal to the number of previously owned shares swapped to cover both
     the exercise price and the anticipated tax consequences of the exercise.
     The reload options have a price equal to the fair market value on the date
     of the exercise and have a term equal to the remaining term of the options 
     exercised.
</TABLE>
   
       AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES<F1> IN 1998 AND FY-END OPTION/SAR
                                     VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Number of Securities Underlying        Value of Unexercised
                                                                 Unexercised Options/SARs on        In-The-Money Options/SARs
                               Shares Acquired     Value            December 31, 1998 (#)           on December 31, 1998 ($)
                                 on Exercise      Realized     -------------------------------  ----------------------------------
          Name                      (#)           ($)<F2>      Exercisable/Unexercisable<F3>    Exercisable/Unexercisable <F3><F4>
          ----                 ---------------    --------     -------------------------------  ----------------------------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>               <C>                               <C>
Robert Ripp                            0                0            56,700 / 151,700                   808,431 /1,844,831
  Chairman of the Board and  
  Chief Executive Officer    
                             
William J. Hudson, Jr.            42,235          281,034           275,138 / 139,500                 4,492,259 /1,647,684
  Vice Chairman and Former         
  Chief Executive Officer    
  and President              
                                       
Juergen Gromer                    34,712          384,005             2,300 /  54,800                    21,131 / 802,327
  Senior Vice President      
                                  
John E. Gurski                         0                0            57,700 /  64,400                   942,556 / 946,013
  Vice President             
                                     
Herbert M. Cole                        0                0            31,200 /  72,800                   439,250 /1,075,388
  Senior Vice President

James E. Marley                        0                0           202,000 / 101,600                 3,441,063 /1,142,038
  Retired Chairman
- -----------------------
<FN>
<F1> Exercises shown in this table relate to stock bonus units (SARs) granted
     under the Corporation's Bonus Plan (Stock Plus Cash) ("Bonus Plan"), which
     preceded the 1993 Plan, and to both stock bonus units (SARs) and stock
     options awarded under the 1993 Plan.

     With respect to stock bonus units granted under the Bonus Plan and the 1993
     Plan, the incentive compensation is based on stock price appreciation in
     the form of freestanding SARs payable in the Corporation's Common Stock or
     occasionally, in the discretion of the Corporation, in cash. Each employee
     designated by the Board of Directors to participate in the Bonus Plan was
     credited with stock bonus units having a designated value per unit of not
     less than 95% of the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York
     Stock Exchange on the award date. Under the 1993 Plan, the stock bonus
     units have a designated value per unit of not less than 95% of the average
     closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
     Tape for the 10 trading days immediately prior to the award date. The 1993
     Plan is more fully described in footnote 1 to the "Options/SAR Grants in
     1998" Table in this Report.

     Bonus computations are made on the 4th through 6th anniversaries of the
     award date for one-third of each participant's stock bonus units. Bonus
     computations for stock bonus units granted under the Bonus Plan are made
     using the greater of the increase in the market price of the Common Stock
     (a) over the designated value, as established on the award date, or (b)
     over an adjusted designated value. The adjusted designated value is 95% of
     an amount determined by discounting the market price of the Common Stock on
     the computation date by a percentage (not to exceed 7.5% per year) equal to
     one-half of the Corporation's compound average annual growth rate in
     earnings per share during the period between the award date and the
     computation date. Bonus computations for stock bonus units granted under
     the 1993 Plan are made by simply using the increase in the market price of
     the Common Stock over the designated value as established on the award
     date. The bonus typically paid in stock under either plan ("Stock Bonus")
     is the number of shares of the Common Stock having an aggregate market
     value on the computation date equivalent to the amount computed as
     described above.

     A cash bonus is also paid under both the Bonus Plan and the 1993 Plan. For
     awards under the Bonus Plan that were made between January 27, 1988 and
     June 30, 1993, the cash bonus is an amount sufficient to pay the
     anticipated United States income tax with respect to both the Bonus 
     Plan Stock Bonus and the cash bonus as determined at the time of the
     distribution of the bonuses, not to exceed an amount that is 50% of the
     value of the Bonus Plan Stock Bonus. The cash bonus under the 1993 Plan is
     described in footnote 1 of the table entitled "Options/SAR Grants in 1998"
     in this Report. The amounts of the cash bonus paid in 1998 based on 
     distributions made in that year under these plans are included in column 
     (e), "Other Annual Compensation", of the Summary Compensation Table in this 
     Report.

     In view of the foregoing, "exercises" for purposes of this table are deemed
     to be the Stock Bonus computations that are made on the 4th through 6th
     anniversaries of the award date for one-third of each participant's stock
     bonus units granted in an award under the Corporation's Bonus Plan and 1993
     Plan, together with stock options under the 1993 Plan that were exercised
     during 1998. The stock options awarded under the 1993 Plan are described in
     footnote 1 of the "Options/SAR Grants in 1998" Table in this Report.
<F2> "Value Realized" includes the amount of appreciation realized upon exercise
     of stock options under the 1993 Plan, together with the Stock Bonus paid
     under the Bonus Plan and the 1993 Plan based on stock price appreciation.
     The figures reported in this column do not include the cash bonus as
     described in footnote 1 of this Table.
<F3> The stock bonus units (SARs) awarded under the Bonus Plan and the 1993 Plan
     are not exercised by the participants, but are paid based on bonus
     computations made on the 4th through 6th anniversaries of the award date
     for one-third of each participant's stock bonus units.
<F4> These values relate only to stock options granted under the 1993 Plan and
     the Stock Bonus described in footnote 1 of this Table under both the Bonus
     Plan and the 1993 Plan. A cash bonus under the Bonus Plan and the 1993 Plan
     is also paid as previously described, but is not included in the values
     disclosed in this column. With respect to Stock Bonuses under the Bonus
     Plan, these values also have been calculated based on the designated values
     for the respective awards and without regard to adjusted designated values,
     as those terms are defined under the Bonus Plan and described in footnote 1
     of this Table.
</TABLE>

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

     The Corporation maintains a pension plan ("Pension Plan") for its employees
that is designed and administered to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). The Pension Plan has been
noncontributory since January 1, 1991. Prior to January 1, 1994 the Pension Plan
was a career average defined benefit plan under which, for each year of covered
service with the Corporation, an employee accrued a benefit equal to 1.67% of
his or her current base earnings. The Pension Plan also included an alternative
formula that updated pension benefits for prior service based on most-recent 3
years average base earnings rates. An employee received the greater of the
benefit the employee had otherwise earned under the Pension Plan or the benefit
calculated under the alternative formula based on most-recent average base
earnings and years of credited service.

     Effective as of January 1, 1994 the Corporation amended the Pension Plan to
provide benefits based on final average base earnings and total years of
credited service at retirement. The final average base earnings is determined
based on the average of the year-end annual earnings rates for the 3 years that
represent the employee's highest 3 years average during such employee's last 10
years of service. The benefit is calculated by adding (1) 1.0% of such final
average base earnings, up to the then-current Social Security covered
compensation level ($33,060 in 1999), multiplied by the employee's credited 
years of past service (not to exceed 35 years), (2) 1.5% of such final average
base earnings in excess of the Social Security covered compensation level,
multiplied by the employee's credited years of past service (not to exceed 35
years), and (3) 1.2% of such final average base earnings, multiplied by the
number of the employee's credited years of past service in excess of 35 years.
Credited years of past service are counted back to age 21 and one year of
service for participants who joined the Pension Plan when first eligible,
otherwise back to the date of actual enrollment in the Pension Plan. Employees
who were age 60 or older as of January 1, 1994 will receive the higher of the
benefit under the prior career average defined benefit approach or the benefit
under the new final average base earnings method.

     Earnings used to calculate benefits under the Pension Plan are restricted
to (a) annual base salary, including amounts deferred under the Corporation's
Employee Savings and Thrift Plan, amounts applied to the employee portion of the
welfare benefit plan premiums pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, and
amounts credited to health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and (b) for individuals paid on a
commission basis, annual base salary (as described above) plus commissions, but
commissions are included only to the extent that the sum of the annual base
salary and commissions does not exceed a designated amount. Normal Retirement
Date under the Pension Plan is defined as age 65, but there is no actuarial
reduction of a participant's pension for early retirement between the ages of 60
and 65.

     The Pension Plan also provides for a special pension benefit formula that
would be used to recalculate benefits in the event of a change in control of the
Corporation. The special formula, which the Corporation plans to review and
modify from time to time as the funding status of the Pension Plan warrants, is
intended to ensure that excess Pension Plan assets at the time of a change in
control are used to provide increased retirement benefits for covered employees.
The special formula is similar in design to the final average earnings formula
described above under the amended Pension Plan, with the 1%, 1.5% and 1.2%
factors replaced by 1.25%, 1.75%, and 1.67%, respectively.

     In accordance with Code requirements, the Pension Plan limits the maximum
amount of annual compensation that may be taken into account under the Pension
Plan ($160,000 in 1999) and the maximum annual employer provided benefit that
can be paid under the Pension Plan ($130,000 in 1999). The Corporation maintains
a supplemental employee retirement program ("SERP") pursuant to which certain
employees whose retirement benefits otherwise payable under the Pension Plan are
limited by these Code restrictions will receive payment of a supplemental
pension from non-Pension Plan sources. The total benefit payable under both the
Pension Plan and the SERP is calculated without regard to the Code limitations
applicable to the Pension Plan using the same pension formula(s) applicable
under the Pension Plan and using a 3 years average of both base earnings and
annual cash bonus (whether paid or deferred). The total benefit thus calculated,
reduced by the restricted benefit actually payable from the Pension Plan, is the
benefit payable from the SERP.

     The following table shows the combined annual retirement benefit payable to
the Corporation's executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table,
except Mr. Gromer, under both the Pension Plan and the SERP, as amended
effective January 1, 1994, upon normal retirement, based on the indicated amount
of final average remuneration and number of credited years of service.<F1> Mr.
Gromer's annual retirement benefit is calculated under the terms of a retirement
plan maintained by AMP Deutschland that is similar in design to the U.S. Pension
Plan described above. Mr. Gromer's annual pre-tax retirement benefit payable
upon normal retirement (age 65) under the AMP Deutschland plan would be $308,663
(based on an exchange rate of DM 1.76=$1), assuming he remains employed by AMP
Deutschland at his present salary to age 65.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PENSION PLAN TABLE <F4>

                                     Years of Service  <F3>
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
Remuneration<F2>        15        20        25        30       35        40
- -----------------   --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
$  400,000.........    87,521   116,694   145,868   175,041   204,215   228,215
   450,000.........    98,771   131,694   164,618   197,541   230,465   257,465
   500,000.........   110,021   146,694   183,368   220,041   256,715   286,715
   550,000.........   121,271   161,694   202,118   242,541   282,965   315,965
   600,000.........   132,521   176,694   220,868   265,041   309,215   345,215
   650,000.........   143,771   191,694   239,618   287,541   335,465   374,465
   700,000.........   155,021   206,694   258,368   310,041   361,715   403,715
   750,000.........   166,271   221,694   277,118   332,541   387,965   432,965
   800,000.........   177,521   236,694   295,868   355,041   414,215   462,215
   850,000.........   188,771   251,694   314,618   377,541   440,465   491,465
   900,000.........   200,021   266,694   333,368   400,041   466,715   520,715
   950,000.........   211,271   281,694   352,118   422,541   492,965   549,965
 1,000,000.........   222,521   296,694   370,868   445,041   519,215   579,215
 1,050,000.........   233,771   311,694   389,618   467,541   545,465   608,465
 1,100,000.........   245,021   326,694   408,368   490,041   571,715   637,715
 1,150,000.........   256,271   341,694   427,118   512,541   597,965   666,965
 1,200,000.........   267,521   356,694   445,868   535,041   624,215   696,215
 1,250,000.........   278,771   371,694   464,618   557,541   650,465   725,465
 1,300,000.........   290,021   386,694   483,368   580,041   676,715   754,715
 1,350,000.........   301,271   401,694   502,118   602,541   702,965   783,965
 1,400,000.........   312,521   416,694   520,868   625,041   729,215   813,215
 1,450,000.........   323,771   431,694   539,618   647,541   755,465   842,465
 1,500,000.........   335,021   446,694   558,368   670,041   781,715   871,715
 1,550,000.........   346,271   461,694   577,118   692,541   807,965   900,965
 1,600,000.........   357,521   476,694   595,868   715,041   834,215   930,215
 1,650,000.........   368,771   491,694   614,618   737,541   860,465   959,465
 1,700,000.........   380,021   506,694   633,368   760,041   886,715   988,715
 1,750,000.........   391,271   521,694   652,118   782,541   912,965 1,017,965
 1,800,000.........   402,521   536,694   670,868   805,041   939,215 1,047,215
- ---------------
<FN>
<F1> Effective in April 1997, Mr. Ripp became a participant under the newly-
     created AMP Incorporated Supplemental Executive Pension Plan, which was
     implemented to provide a competitive annual retirement benefit to
     executives, such as Mr. Ripp, who are first employed by the Corporation
     mid-to late-career. Under this plan, Mr. Ripp's annual retirement benefit
     at Normal Retirement Date is the greater of the combined annual retirement
     benefit payable under the Pension Plan and the SERP, as described above, or
     30% of his highest 3 years average of base compensation and annual cash
     bonuses.
<F2> The compensation covered by the combination of the Pension Plan and SERP
     includes the employee's final average earnings, as determined by the
     average of the 3 years that represents the employee's highest base earnings
     during such employee's last 10 years of service, together with the average
     of the employee's annual cash bonus payments also paid in such 3 years. In
     the case of the named executive officers other than Mr. Gromer, the annual
     base earnings considered in such a determination includes the amount of
     salary and bonus shown in columns (c) and (d) of the Summary Compensation
     Table in this Report.
<F3> The current estimated credited years of service for the named executive
     officers, except J. Gromer, discussed above, are as follows: R. Ripp - 4.3
     years, W. J. Hudson, Jr. - 34.5 years; J. Gurski - 25.5; H. M. Cole - 31.8
     years; years and J. E. Marley - 34.5 years. The estimated credited years of
     service for the named executive officers, except J. Gromer, discussed 
     above, and Mr. Gurski who retired effective January 1, 1999, at the Normal
     Retirement Date are as follows: R. Ripp - 11.92 years; W. J. Hudson, Jr. -
     34.92 years; H. M. Cole - 35.08 years; and J. E. Marley - 36.08 years.
<F4> The retirement benefit shown in the Pension Plan Table is a straight life
     annuity amount and is not subject to any reduction for Social Security or
     other offset amounts. However, as required by law, the form of payment for
     married employees under the Pension Plan is a 50% joint and survivor
     annuity, which is typically less than the straight life annuity amount.
</TABLE>


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     A director who is not an employee of the Corporation is paid $26,000 per
year for services as a director and also $1,000 for each day in attendance at a
meeting of the Board. Additionally, a director is paid $1,000 for attendance at
each meeting of any committee of the Board on which he or she serves. The
chairperson of any such committee is paid an annual retainer of $2,500. An
outside or non-employee director may also be paid $1,000 per day for special
services or assignments requested by either the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Vice Chairman. A director who is
also an employee of the Corporation does not receive any director or committee
fees. During 1998 the Board of Directors held 20 meetings.

In 1998 total compensation earned by the directors was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Total Director
                   Director              Compensation
              -------------------       --------------
            <S>                         <C>
            Dexter F. Baker...........  $ 11,292   <F3>
            Ralph D. DeNunzio.........    62,500
            Barbara H. Franklin.......    56,500
            Joseph M. Hixon III.......    56,000   <F1>
            William J. Hudson, Jr.....         0   <F2>
            Joseph M. Magliochetti....    50,000   <F1>
            James E. Marley...........         0   <F2><F3>
            Harold A. McInnes.........    50,500   
            Jerome J. Meyer...........    52,000   <F1>
            John C. Morley............    58,500   <F1>
            Robert Ripp...............         0   <F2>
            Paul G. Schloemer.........    52,875
            Takeo Shiina..............    50,000   <F1>
- ------------
<FN>
<F1> This compensation includes amounts with respect to which the Director
     elected to defer receipt under the terms of the Corporation's Deferred
     Compensation Plan for outside and non-employee directors, described below.
<F2> Messrs. Hudson and Marley were employees as well as directors of the
     Corporation and therefore did not receive any separate director or
     committee fees.
<F3> Messrs. Baker and Marley were not members of the Board of Directors for the
     entire year. Mr. Baker declined to stand for re-election in 1998 for 
     personal reasons; therefore, his position expired as of April 22, 1998. 
     Mr. Marley resigned from his position as Chairman as of August 20, 1998.
</TABLE>

     Outside and non-employee directors are permitted to defer receipt of all or
a portion of the annual retainer and the meeting fees. The period of the
deferral is within the discretion of each director, provided however that
payment must be made or commenced no later than the earliest of the death of the
director, a change in control and termination of the director's services, or the
year following the year in which he or she reaches the age of 72. Deferred
compensation may be allocated to either or both of the following investment
options: i) an interest-bearing account with interest credited monthly based on
120% of the Long Term Applicable Federal Rate as published by the Internal
Revenue Service and adjusted quarterly; and ii) a phantom AMP Common Stock
account in which phantom dividends are reinvested in further phantom stock
units. Allocations or changes in allocations can be made annually and apply
prospectively to compensation earned in future years. Payments of deferred
director compensation can be made in a lump sum or in up to ten annual
installments.

     The Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors provides that the outside
directors shall receive a grant of 2,000 stock options in the Corporation's
Common Stock when they are first elected to the Board and in each July
thereafter. Up to a maximum of 10 awards may be made to any one director and up
to 300,000 shares may be awarded to all outside directors in the aggregate
during the 10-year term of the plan. These options vest after 1 year and remain
exercisable for 9 years.

BENEFIT PLANS

     The Corporation provides benefits to the directors, the amount of which
varies dependent upon whether the director is presently or was ever employed by
the Corporation. The Corporation provides Director and Officer Liability and
Indemnification insurance coverage for all directors. Directors who are not
presently and have never been employed by the Corporation (an "Outside
Director"), are provided with life insurance coverage. Travel accident insurance
coverage is provided to directors who are not currently employed by the
Corporation.

     All directors are eligible to participate in the Corporation's Employee
Gift Matching Program. Under this program, the Corporation will match qualifying
charitable contributions made by directors to accredited public and private
schools, colleges, universities and graduate schools in the United States. The
maximum aggregate of a director's gifts to all institutions during a calendar
year that will be matched is $5,000.

RETIREMENT

     Currently there are two plans that provide retirement-oriented deferred
compensation for Outside Directors (as defined above), conditioned upon 5 years
of service as a member of the Board. Outside Directors elected to the Board on
or after January 1, 1996 generally receive "retirement" compensation under the
Outside Director Deferred Stock Accumulation Plan ("Accumulation Plan"). Outside
Directors who joined the Board prior to January 1, 1996 were provided a one-time
election to continue participation in the retirement plan in place prior to
adoption of the Accumulation Plan or convert to the Accumulation Plan.

     Under the Accumulation Plan, each Outside Director will receive 300 shares
of phantom AMP Common Stock when first elected to the Board, and on the first
day of each of the nine subsequent calendar years of Board service. The phantom
share awards are credited to a deferred phantom stock account and have no voting
rights. On each dividend payment date, phantom dividends corresponding to the
number of accumulated phantom shares are credited to the phantom stock account
and deemed to be invested in additional phantom shares.

     An Outside Director's deferred phantom stock account vests upon the earlier
of the date the director has at least 5 years of service on the Board, the date
of the director's death while serving on the Board, or the date of the
director's 72nd birthday. If the director terminates Board service with less
than 5 years of service (other than on account of death or attainment of age
72), the account is forfeited. The vested balance in the deferred phantom stock
account is paid to the Outside Director in cash upon termination of Board
service.

     Under the retirement plan in effect prior to adoption of the Accumulation
Plan, an Outside Director who has either reached the normal retirement date (the
end of the calendar year in which the director reaches age 72) or retired early
due to disability, and who has served a minimum of five years on the Board, is
eligible for an annual retirement benefit. The annual retirement benefit is
equal to a percentage of the Outside Director's annual base retainer at the time
of retirement, with the actual percentage being based on the Outside Director's
years of service.

     In the event of a "change of control", the annual retirement benefit to
which an Outside Director would be entitled based on his or her years of service
at the date service to the Board ceases for any reason shall be fully vested and
payable immediately, without regard to the Outside Director's then attained age.

     A "change of control" as that term is used in this Report, unless otherwise
indicated, would generally be deemed to have occurred if (a) any person or group
directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the
Corporation's issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (b) there occurs
a change in the Board such that the directors constituting the Board at a given
point in time (the "Incumbent Board") and any subsequently elected directors
(other than directors whose initial assumption of office is in connection with
an election contest) who were approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors still in office who either were directors on the Incumbent Board or
whose assumption of office was previously so approved, no longer constitute a
majority of the Board, or (c) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or
the issuance of voting securities of the Corporation in connection therewith,
other than i) a merger or consolidation resulting in the voting securities of
the Corporation continuing to represent at least 66 2/3% of the combined voting
power of the voting securities of the surviving entity, or ii) a merger or
consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Corporation in
which no person or group directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of
30% or more of the Corporation's issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock,
or (d) the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an
agreement for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Corporation, other than such a sale or disposition to an entity of which
at least 70% of the combined voting power of the voting securities are held by
shareholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the
Corporation immediately prior to such sale. The proposed merger between the
Corporation and an indirect subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. would
constitute a change of control.


TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

     The Corporation has entered into agreements with the named executive
officers to assure their unbiased counsel and continued dedication in the event
of an unsolicited tender offer or other occurrence that may result in a change
of control (as defined above). The terms of the agreements provide that, in the
event of a change of control and the termination of the executive's employment
at any time during the 2-year period thereafter, the executive will be paid a
lump sum equal to a multiplier of 2 or 3 times the sum of his highest salary
rate in effect during the 12 months prior to termination of employment and his
highest annual bonus paid during the prior 3-year period, together with payment
of an amount necessary to pay any excise tax, and any taxes thereon, due on the
lump sum or other payment. The proposed merger between the Corporation and an
indirect subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. would constitute a change of
control.

     Additionally, upon a change of control: i) all awards that the executive
has received under any bonus plans he is participating in will be immediately
vested and either paid or exercisable, as appropriate; ii) the executive will be
paid in cash installments per the terms of the applicable contract for all
restricted stock, if any, issued by contract; iii) he will be vested in deferred
compensation matching amounts; and iv) he will receive continuation of any
existing split dollar life insurance policy until the latter of the policy
anniversary date following the executive's 65th birthday or the 15th anniversary
of the policy. However, if implementation of portions of the severance agreement
would adversely affect the Corporation's ability to consummate a Change of
Control transaction that is intended to be accounted for as a "pooling of
interests," then (i) all Stock Bonus Units shall be distriubted in stock rather
than cash and (ii) all unvested restricted shares will be paid in stock rather
than cash. Upon a change of control and termination of the executive's
employment within 2 years thereafter, the executive also shall be vested in all
pension benefits based on the highest annual salary rate in effect during the 12
months prior to termination of employment with respect to the pension plan and,
with respect to the pension restoration plan, the amount of compensation on
which the lump sum severance payment described above is calculated, plus an
additional accrual for 2 or 3 years; shall receive the conversion of the
executive's group term life insurance policy, if any, to a fully paid permanent
life insurance policy remaining in effect for 2 or 3 years at the Corporation's
cost; and shall receive continuation of health, dental, and disability benefits
until the latter of 2 or 3 years, attainment of the age or other condition at
which the benefits discontinue according to the terms of the related plan,
reduced to the extent of comparable benefits provided by a new employer without
cost.

          THE COMPENSATION AND MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE REPORT
                            ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
                                        
     The Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of
Directors, among other responsibilities, has responsibility for the
Corporation's executive compensation program. The Committee, which is composed
entirely of outside directors, is chaired by Mr. Ralph D. DeNunzio, President,
Harbor Point Associates, Inc. The other Committee members are Mr. Jerome J.
Meyer, Chairman and CEO, Tektronix, Inc.; Mr. John C. Morley, President of
Evergreen Ventures, Ltd. and Retired President and CEO, Reliance Electric
Company; and Mr. Paul G. Schloemer, Retired President and CEO, Parker Hannifin
Corporation.

     Included within the Committee's executive compensation oversight charter
are the review and approval of salary levels and salary increases for executive
officers, annual Management Incentive Plan cash bonus awards for officers and
other key executives, performance restricted stock and stock option awards under
the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, and any special benefit programs
affecting officers and key executives such as supplemental retirement plans,
deferred compensation plans, change of control agreements and other plans. The
Committee in appropriate cases makes recommendations to the Board of Directors
on matters involving executive compensation.

     The overriding objectives of the Corporation's executive compensation
program are to attract and retain qualified executive leadership and to reward
performance that creates shareholder value. In furtherance of these objectives,
the Corporation's executive compensation philosophy is (1) to deliver base
salary compensation that is kept competitive with the executive's counterparts
in the electrical/electronics industry and industry in general and (2) to
provide short-, intermediate-, and long-term incentive compensation plans that
supplement base salary and that correlate positively to the growth, success and
profitability of the Corporation. As explained below in greater detail, these
at-risk, performance-based incentive compensation plans directly align the
interests of the Corporation's executives with its shareholders and form a
significant portion of the total compensation opportunity for all officers and
key executives.

     The Corporation annually reviews for the Committee's consideration
compensation surveys and other published compensation data covering
comparably-sized companies in both the electrical/electronics industry and
industry in general to assess whether its executive base salary ranges and total
compensation opportunities remain competitive. Where they do not remain
competitive, appropriate adjustments are made. In this process of comparing the
Corporation's executive compensation levels and practices against those of other
companies, the compensation levels and practices at the companies comprising the
Peer Group Index in the Performance Graph in this Report are periodically
reviewed separately, but due to the small sample size the Peer Group data alone
is not used as the primary comparative benchmark. Rather, the comparative data
relied upon by the Committee is drawn from broader surveys of comparably-sized
companies in the electrical/electronic industry and industry in general, which
surveys include 6 of the 11 Peer Group companies.

     The salary, and any periodic increases thereof, of the Chairman of the
Board and CEO is determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation based
on recommendations made by the Committee. This officer in turn recommends the
salary adjustments for the other executive officers, with the review and
oversight of the Committee. The level of base salary compensation for officers
and key executives is determined by both their scope of responsibility and the
competitive salary ranges established by the survey process described above.
Periodic increases in base salary are dependent on the individual's performance
in his or her position for a given period, on the individual's competency, skill
and experience, and on the growth of salary levels both inside and outside the
Corporation.

     The AMP Management Incentive Plan provides opportunity for annual cash
bonuses based on two or more of the following weighted performance components:
(1) overall corporate performance for a given year, adjusted to net out
extraordinary, non-recurring gains or losses and then compared against corporate
performance targets for the year (this component is weighted 80% for named
executive officer participants such as the CEO with corporate-wide
responsibilities and 50% for those named executive officers with specific unit
responsibilities); (2) operating unit performance for a given year measured
against operating unit income, sales and AMP value added (AVA) targets for the
year (this component is weighted 30% for named executive officer participants
with specific operating unit responsibilities); and (3) individual performance
for a given year measured against individual performance objectives for such
year (this component is weighted 20% for all named executive officer
participants). For the named executive officers, the corporate performance
component of the Management Incentive Plan annual cash bonus is based on
attainment of an earnings per share (EPS) target. The Committee sets the EPS
target for the year at the start of each year, with the review of the Board of
Directors, and also sets the individual performance objectives of the Chairman
and CEO. In addition to setting the EPS target, the Committee assigns to each
participant under the Management Incentive Plan minimum, target and maximum
bonus percentages, which vary from participant to participant to reflect
competitive practice and the scope of the participant's responsibility. Actual
corporate and unit performance between 90% and 120% of the target performance
levels results in a bonus calculation that ranges between the participant's
assigned minimum and maximum bonus percentages. The EPS target for 1998 was set
at $2.40, and the actual EPS performance for 1998 was $ 1.57 (before charges).
In keeping with the pay-for-performance design and intent of the Management
Incentive Plan, this 1998 EPS performance at a level less than 90% of target
resulted in no bonuses being paid for 1998 under the Management Incentive Plan's
corporate performance component to the named executive officers. The Committee
also exercised its discretion under the Management Incentive Plan to pay no
bonuses based on the individual performance component to the named executive
officers. The unit performance targets for 1998 and the actual unit performance
results for 1998 varied widely between units and individuals.

     In granting long-term incentive awards during 1998, the Committee gave
considerable weight to the annual long-term incentive award levels and practices
of a diverse range of over 350 major companies that participated in the Towers
Perrin survey of long-term incentive compensation practices. The Corporation's
long-term incentive award levels for 1998 were generally set at between the 50th
and the 75th percentile of the award levels reflected in the Towers Perrin
survey. Of the 11 Peer Group companies , 3 participate in this Towers Perrin
survey.

     Long-term incentive compensation awards in the form of performance
restricted shares and stock options were made by the Committee in 1998 under the
1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. The Committee made awards in July, 1998 to
the named executive officers and the other officers who comprised the
Corporation's Global Planning Committee, with the exception of Messrs. Hudson
and Marley, as follows: 50% of the value of the award was provided in the form
of performance restricted shares and 50% of the value of the award was provided
in the form of stock options. All recipients of a 1998 long-term incentive award
in positions below the level of the Global Planning Committee received 100% of
the award in the form of stock options.

     The performance restricted shares granted in 1998 will be forfeited at the
end of 2000 if the Corporation fails to attain for the three-year period from
January 1, 1998 through December 31, 2000 a minimum average annual level of
return on equity (ROE) that was set by the Committee at the beginning of 1998.
For this purpose, the Corporation's annual ROE result for each of the three
years will be separately determined, totaled, and divided by three to determine
the average annual ROE. If the average annual ROE over the three-year period is
at least equal to this minimum level, then the extent to which the performance
restricted shares granted in 1998 will become vested at the end of 2000 will be
determined by the Corporation's average annual earnings growth rate over the
same three-year period. A target level of average annual earnings growth over
the three-year period was set by the Committee at the beginning of 1998, and
average annual earnings growth between 0% and this target level will result in
vesting of the performance restricted shares that ranges proportionately from 0%
to 100%. The Committee also set a super-target level of average annual earnings
growth at the beginning of 1998, and average annual earnings growth between the
target level and the super-target level will result in vesting of the
performance restricted shares that ranges proportionately from 100% to 200%.
Performance restricted shares that are forfeited at the end of 2000 either
because of the Corporation's failure to attain the minimum average annual ROE
level or to attain the target level of average annual earnings growth will be
canceled and revert to the Corporation.

     In general, the stock options granted in 1998 vest on the third anniversary
of the grant date, are exercisable thereafter until the tenth anniversary of the
award date, and have an exercise price equal to the award date fair market value
of a share of the Corporation's Common Stock.

     In 1995, with the review and approval of the Committee, the Corporation
implemented formal share ownership guidelines applicable to its key executives.
By the end of a phase-in period, the guidelines require that the Chairman and
CEO own real or phantom shares of Corporation Common Stock with a value of at
least four times annual base salary. The guideline applicable to the other named
executive officers is ownership of shares with a value of at least three times
annual base salary. The primary intent of these guidelines is to significantly
increase the extent to which the personal wealth of the Corporation's executives
is directly linked to the performance of the Corporation's Common Stock, thereby
materially expanding the community of interest between the executives and the
Corporation's shareholders.

     Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a $1,000,000 per year
per named executive officer limitation on the amount of non-performance based
compensation that can be paid and deducted by the Corporation. The Corporation's
policy with respect to this limitation is to maximize the deductibility of all
compensation paid to each named executive officer by (1) delivering compensation
to named executive officers that meets the Code Section 162(m) definition of
performance-based compensation and (2) affording the named executive officers
the opportunity to defer receipt of compensation to years after their
retirement. In furtherance of this policy, the Corporation's Management
Incentive Plan, under which the named executive officers have an opportunity to
earn an annual cash bonus, and the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, under
which the named executive officers receive long-term incentive compensation
awards, have been designed and are administered so that all or a significant
portion of the compensation received pursuant to such plans will qualify as
performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m). In
addition, the Corporation has implemented a Deferred Compensation Plan under
which the named executive officers may defer receipt of up to 50% of annual base
salary and up to 100% of annual cash bonus amounts. All compensation paid to the
named executive officers in 1998 was deductible and it is anticipated that all
compensation to be paid to named executive officers in 1999 will be deductible.


                             1998 CEO Compensation

     On August 20, 1998, the Board appointed Robert Ripp, who was previously
serving as the Corporation's Executive Vice President, Global Businesses, as
Chairman and CEO of the Corporation, and set his base salary rate as CEO at
$600,000 per annum. In recommending this initial salary rate to the Board, the
Committee was guided by CEO salary survey data indicating that this rate was at
the entry level of the competitive salary range for CEOs of comparable
companies.

     Mr. Ripp's assigned minimum, target, and maximum annual cash bonus
percentages under the Management Incentive Plan for 1998 as CEO were set by the
Committee at 10%, 70% and 105%, respectively, which were the levels applicable
to the former CEO. Accordingly, Mr. Ripp had the potential to earn an annual
bonus of up to 105% of base annual salary if the Corporation were to attain 120%
or more of the $2.40 EPS target and Mr. Ripp were to fully attain his individual
performance objectives. Because the Corporation's EPS performance for 1998 fell
below 90% of the EPS target and the Committee opted to pay no 1998 bonuses
relating to individual performance objectives, Mr. Ripp received no bonus under
the Plan for 1998.

     On July 21, 1998, while he was serving as Executive Vice President, Global
Businesses, Mr. Ripp was awarded 41,100 stock options (3,200 incentive stock
options and 37,900 nonqualified stock options) under the 1993 Long-Term Equity
Incentive Plan, all with an exercise price of $30.375. These options will first
be exercisable July 21, 2001 and remain exercisable to July 21, 2008. On the
same date, Mr. Ripp was also awarded 27,900 performance restricted shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation under the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan.
These shares will either vest or be forfeited at the end of 2000 based on the
Corporation's performance in 1998, 1999 and 2000 relating to average annual ROE
and average annual earnings growth targets for the three year period that were
set by the Committee early in 1998. In making these normal, annual long-term
incentive awards to Mr. Ripp as Executive Vice President, the Committee's intent
was to continue a practice begun in 1993, when the Corporation's first stock
option plan became effective, of increasing the proportion of stock-based
compensation in the total compensation package of the Corporation's senior
executive officers, thereby further increasing those executives' community of
interest with the Corporation's shareholders. These long-term incentive awards
made in July 1998 to Mr. Ripp positioned him at approximately the 70th
percentile of long-term incentive award recipients with comparable positions and
salary, as reflected in Towers Perrin survey data relied upon by the Committee.

     On August 20, 1998, concurrent with his appointment as Chairman and CEO of
the Corporation, Mr. Ripp was awarded an additional 60,000 nonqualified stock
options under the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan, all with an exercise
price of $44.85, and was also awarded 25,000 restricted shares of Common Stock
of the Corporation that would vest at Mr. Ripp's August 1, 2006 normal
retirement date or his earlier mutually agreed termination date with the
Corporation. The Committee's rationale in making these further 1998 awards to
Mr. Ripp was three-fold: (1) to bring Mr. Ripp's 1998 total long term incentive
award up to a level commensurate, based on the survey data, both with his new
position as CEO and his new salary level, (2), consistent with the Corporation's
past practice when installing a new CEO, to make a one-time extraordinary
stock-based award to serve as recognition of the appointment and the
significantly elevated role and responsibilities being assumed, and (3) to
create even further incentive for Mr. Ripp to focus his attention as CEO on
creation of shareholder value. In making the grant of 60,000 additional
non-qualified stock options, however, the Committee diverged from its consistent
past practice of setting the exercise price of options based on current fair
market value of the Corporation's Common Stock. The $44.85 exercise price that
was set by the Committee was 15% above the then-current fair market value and
also above the $44.50 tender price then being offered by Allied Signal in its
hostile bid to acquire the Corporation.

     At the end of 1998, the entire performance restricted share grant of 15,800
shares made to Mr. Ripp in 1996 under the 1993 Long Term Equity Incentive Plan,
along with 1,023 accumulated dividend reinvestment shares relating to the grant,
was forfeited due to the Corporation's failure over the three-year period of
1996, 1997 and 1998 to attain the 17% average ROE target that had been set by
the Committee in 1996 as a pre-condition to any of the shares vesting.

     Since his initial hire date with the Corporation in 1994, Mr. Ripp has been
granted a total of 208,400 stock options and 68,400 performance restricted
shares of common stock of the Corporation under the 1993 Long-Term Equity
Incentive Plan and has been granted 49,000 shares of restricted Common Stock of
the Corporation that will vest based on continued employment.

     Mr. Hudson served as CEO of the Corporation until August 20, 1998. Mr.
Hudson's base salary rate per annum for 1998 was adjusted by the Committee in
January, 1998 to $870,000. This was a 7.4% increase over the base salary rate
that had been in effect for Mr. Hudson through the two prior years, and brought
Mr. Hudson's salary rate to the mid-point of the competitive salary range for
CEOs of comparable companies. In deciding to adjust Mr. Hudson's salary for
1998, the Committee primarily considered the Corporation's near target level
growth and performance in 1997.

     Mr. Hudson's assigned minimum, target, and maximum annual cash bonus
percentages under the Management Incentive Plan for 1998 were 10%, 70% and 105%,
respectively. Accordingly, Mr. Hudson had the potential to earn an annual bonus
of up to 105% of base annual salary if the Corporation were to attain 120% or
more of the $2.40 EPS target and Mr. Hudson were to fully attain his individual
performance objectives. Because the Corporation's EPS performance for 1998 fell
below 90% of the EPS target and the Committee opted to pay no 1998 bonuses
relating to individual performance objectives, Mr. Hudson received no bonus
under the Plan for 1998.

     Mr. Hudson received no new stock option awards or performance restricted
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation under the 1993 Long-Term Equity
Incentive Plan in 1998. At the end of 1998, the entire performance restricted
share grant of 46,900 shares made to Mr. Hudson in 1996 under the 1993 Long Term
Equity Incentive Plan, along with 3,038 accumulated dividend reinvestment shares
relating to the grant, was forfeited due to the Corporation's failure over the
three-year period of 1996, 1997 and 1998 to attain the 17% average ROE target
that had been set by the Committee in 1996 as a pre-condition to any of the
shares vesting. Since the inception of the 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan,
Mr. Hudson has been granted a total of 425,500 stock options and 111,500
performance restricted shares of Common Stock of the Corporation.

     In April, 1992, Mr. Hudson had been awarded 12,200 bonus units under the
Corporation's former Stock Plus Cash Bonus Plan, with a designated value of
$27.88 and an unspecified cash bonus percentage (not in excess of 50%) to cover
Federal taxes on the payout, and in April, 1993, Mr. Hudson had been awarded
20,000 stock bonus units under the Corporation's former Stock Plus Cash Bonus
Plan, with a designated value of $28.50 and an unspecified cash bonus percentage
(not in excess of 50%) to cover Federal taxes on the payout. In April, 1998,
when the fair market value of a share of the Corporation's Common Stock had
increased to $41.063, 4,068 of the 12,200 1992 bonus units and 6,666 of the
20,000 1993 bonus units matured, resulting in a stock bonus payment to Mr.
Hudson of 3,345 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and a cash payment of
$68,759. In making these payout calculations, the award date designated value of
$27.88 per bonus unit was used to determine the spread applicable to the
maturing April, 1992 bonus units in lieu of the alternative designated value
defined under the Plan, and the award date designated value of $28.50 was used
to determine the spread applicable to the maturing April, 1993 bonus units in
lieu of the alternative designated value defined under the Plan. The Plan's
alternative designated value, which is based on earnings per share growth
between the award date and the maturity date, is used in payout calculations
whenever it would result in a greater stock bonus payout than would the award
date designated value. (For an explanation of the alternative designated value,
see footnote (1) to the Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in 1998 and FY-End
Option/SAR Values Table in this Report).

         The Compensation and Management Development Committee:

Ralph D. DeNunzio, Chairman                Jerome J. Meyer
John C. Morley                             Paul G. Schloemer


PERFORMANCE GRAPH

     The graph shown below depicts the cumulative total shareholder return
(assuming a $100 investment and dividend reinvestment) during the 5-year period
from 1993 - 1998 for the Common Stock of the Company compared to the cumulative
total return during the same period for the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index,
and a peer group that contains the companies included in the Electrical
Equipment industrial classification of Standard & Poor, together with
publicly-held competitors of the Corporation that are not included in such
classification. The Peer Group does not include one company listed in Standard &
Poor's Electrical Equipment industrial classification, General Electric Co.
("GE"), because of GE's dissimilar market capitalization and overall product
offering. Two companies in the Peer Group as it was comprised in the Company's
1998 Proxy Statement, Berg Electronics Corp. and General Signal Corp., were
purchased in 1998 by other companies. Berg Electronics Corp. was acquired by
Framatone Connectors International, which is not publically traded in the United
States. Accordingly, results for Berg/Framatone are not available and the
company is not included in the Peer Group this year. General Signal Corp. was
acquired by SPX Corp. The results of SPX Corp. are not included in the peer
group performance because of SPX's dissimilar market capitalization and overall
product offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
                                 1993-98

<S>          <C>  <C>
             $300 |
                  |                             Base              Period Indexes/Cumulative Returns
                  |     Company/Index Name      1993            1994      1995  1996     1997     1998
             $275 |     -------------------  -----------       ------    ------ ------  ------   ------
                  |      AMP  Incorporated       100           118.12    127.12 130.85  146.60   186.82
                  |      S&P  500                100           101.32    139.40 171.40  228.59   293.91
             $250 |      Peer Group              100           106.11    140.88 177.67  209.77   213.95
                  |     
             $225 |
                  |
                  |
             $200 |
                  |
TOTAL             |
SHAREHOLDER  $175 |
RETURN<F2>        |
(DOLLARS)         |
             $150 |
                  |
                  | AMP    _________
             $125 | S&P 500   ..........
                  | Peer Group __.__ <F1>
                  |
             $100 |___________________________________________________________
                    93         94         95         96         97         98
- ---------------------
<FN>
<F1> The Peer Group includes the following companies:

     Amphenol Corp.                  Methode Electronics - CL A
     Belden, Inc.                    Molex Inc.
     Emerson Electric Co.            Raychem Corp.
     Grainger (W W) Inc.             Robinson Nugent Inc.
     Honeywell Inc.                  Thomas & Betts Corp.
     Hubbell Inc. - CL B             
     
<F2> The Total Shareholder Return assumes a fixed investment of $100 in the AMP
     Common Stock or indicated index, and a reinvestment of dividends. The total
     return of each company included in the S&P 500 and the Peer Group indexes 
     has been weighted in accordance with the company's market capitalization
     as of the beginning of the year reported. The weighting was accomplished
     by: i) calculating the market capitalization for each company at the 
     beginning of the respective calendar year based on the closing stock price
     and outstanding shares; ii) determining the percentage that each such  
     market capitalization represents against the total of such market 
     capitalizations for all companies included in the index; and iii) 
     multiplying the percentage determined in ii) above by the total 
     shareholder return of the company in question for the year being reported.
</FN>
</TABLE>

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
          MANAGEMENT

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     In order to further align the interests of the Corporation's executives
with increasing the long-term value of the Corporation, in January 1995 the
Corporation implemented Stock Ownership Guidelines for Senior Management ("Stock
Guidelines"). The Stock Guidelines apply to approximately 130 executives
presently participating in the Stock Option or SAR segment of the 1993 Long-Term
Equity Incentive Plan. Affected executives are encouraged to directly own a
minimum number of real or phantom shares of stock, the value of which is
expressed as a multiple of the executive's annualized base salary. The
multiplier ranges from 4-times salary for the Chairman and the CEO and
President, to .5 times base salary for executives in less senior management
positions. Executives are expected to comply with the Stock Guidelines within a
5-year period.

     The AMP equity security ownership as of March 10, 1999 by the named
executive officers and the executive officers of the Corporation on that date is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Amounts and
                                                    Nature           Beneficial      Amount of    Total Beneficial
                                                 of Beneficial       Ownership        Phantom       and Phantom
                    Name and Address               Ownership        as a Percent     Ownership        Ownership
Title of Class    of Beneficial Owner              (shares)           of Class       (shares)<F3>     (shares)
- --------------  ------------------------       ------------------   ------------    ------------- ----------------
<S>             <C>                               <C>                 <C>             <C>            <C>

Common Stock....    Robert Ripp                        154,851 <F2>      less than  1     16,595          171,446
                      Chairman of the Board and                <F4>
                      Chief Executive Officer                      
                                                 
Common Stock....    William J. Hudson, Jr.             423,646 <F1>      less than  1     34,919          458,565
                      Vice Chairman and Former                 <F2>
                      Chief Executive Officer                  <F4>
                      and President                  
                                                 
Common Stock....    Juergen Gromer                      40,750           less than  1        610           41,360  
                      Senior Vice President                                                                          
                                                                                                                     
Common Stock....    John E. Gurski                      91,129  <F2>     less than  1     12,887          104,016  
                      Vice President                            <F4>                                                 
                                                                                                                     
Common Stock....    Herbert M. Cole                     74,101  <F2>     less than  1     15,504           89,605  
                      Senior Vice President

Common Stock....    James E. Marley                    274,264  <F2>     less than  1      1,446          275,710
                      Retired Chairman                          <F4>   

Common Stock....    all Executive Officers           2,924,667  <F1>         1.33        148,568        3,073,235  
                    (16 persons) and Directors                  <F2>
                    as a Group                                  <F4>
                                                       
- -----------------
<FN>
<F1> One executive officer has the right to acquire an undeterminable number
     of shares under the Corporation's Bonus Plan (Stock Plus Cash) within 60
     days after March 10, 1999.
<F2> A portion of the shares reported for 15 executive officers are held in the
     Corporation's Employee Savings and Thrift Plan. Through further
     contributions to this plan, 13 executive officers may acquire an
     undeterminable number of additional shares within 60 days after March 10,
     1999.
<F3> Numbers in this column include phantom shares credited to executive
     officers under a deferred compensation plan and/or in association with
     dividend reinvestment of Performance Restricted Shares issued to designated
     officers. Pursuant to the deferred compensation plan, executive officers 
     may defer receipt of up to 50% of their annual base salary and all officers
     of the Corporation may defer receipt of all or a portion of their annual 
     cash bonus. Deferred compensation may be allocated to a phantom AMP Common
     Stock account, as described in footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation Table
     in this Report. Dividends earned on Performance Restricted Shares are 
     credited to the executive officer's account and are deemed to be invested
     in phantom shares of Common Stock. These phantom shares vest only when, and
     to the extent the associated Performance Restricted Shares vest, as 
     described in footnote 3 to the Summary Compensation Table in this Report.
<F4> In addition, a total of 1,046 shares are held by immediate family members
     of 2 executive officers, either directly or in a custodial account over
     which the executive officer has voting and dispositive powers; the
     executive officers disclaim beneficial ownership. Additionally, a director
     has a 2% residual beneficial interest, but no voting or dispositive powers
     in a trust that holds 7,392 shares of Common Stock of the Company and a 
     director has an interest in a family limited partnership that holds 113,000
     shares of Common Stock, but no voting or dispositive powers. Of the 
     beneficial ownership reported in this number, one director holds 600 shares
     in a family trust of which he is co-trustee with his wife and shares voting
     and dispositive powers and 800 shares in a limited family partnership of
     which he is a general partner. Also, eight directors hold a total of 56,000
     options which are exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days
     after March 10, 1999 and are reported in this number, and 16 executive
     officers hold a total of 855,774 options which are exercisable within 60
     days after March 10, 1999 and are reported in this number, and one
     executive officer holds 6,668 Stock Bonus Units which will convert within
     60 days after March 10, 1999 and are reported in this number. Of the total
     number of options held by executive officers and described above, 56,700
     are held by Mr. Ripp, which are exercisable or will become exercisable
     within 60 days after March 10, 1999 and are reported in this number.
</TABLE>

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS

     The Corporation's Corporate Governance guidelines encourage each member of
the Board of Directors to hold the Corporation's Common Stock in an amount
having a market value of at least four times the annual retainer fee. The
following table identifies the total Common Stock ownership for each Director 
as of March 10, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Amount of Beneficial    Amount of Phantom    Total Beneficial
                           Ownership            Ownership        and Phantom Ownership
Name of Owner              (shares)<F1><F2>     (shares)<F3>            (shares)
- --------------        ---------------------   ------------------ ---------------------
<S>                      <C>                          <C>               <C>

Ralph D. DeNunzio           10,000 <F5>                3,250            13,250
Barbara H. Franklin          7,435 <F6>                2,228             9,663
Joseph M. Hixon III      1,509,823 <F7>                9,495         1,519,318
William J. Hudson, Jr      423,646 <F14><F15>         34,919<F4>       458,565
Joseph M. Magliochetti       4,000 <F8>                2,932             6,932
Harold A. McInnes           42,689                         0            42,689
Jerome J. Meyer              7,300 <F9>                4,450            11,750
John C. Morley               9,400 <F10>               8,496            17,896
Robert Ripp                154,851 <F14><F15>         16,595<F4>       171,446
Paul G. Schloemer           10,000 <F11>                   0            10,000
Takeo Shiina                 8,123 <F12>               3,670            11,793
- ------------
<FN>
<F1> Each Director owns less than 1% of the Corporation's outstanding Common
     Stock.
<F2> Unless otherwise indicated, each Nominee for director possesses sole voting
     and dispositive power (beneficial ownership) with respect to the shares set
     forth opposite his or her name. Numbers shown in this column include
     options the director has the right to acquire as beneficial owner within 60
     days after March 10, 1999.
<F3> Numbers shown in this column include phantom shares: (i) credited to
     outside directors under the Outside Directors Deferred Stock Accumulation
     Plan, and (ii) credited to outside and non-employee directors for 
     compensation deferred at the election of the director.
<F4> Executive officers of the Corporation may defer up to 50% of their base 
     salary and all officers are entitled to defer receipt of all or a portion
     of their annual cash bonus. Deferred compensation may be allocated to a 
     phantom AMP Common Stock account under the Corporation's Deferred 
     Compensation Plan, as described in footnote 1 to the Summary Compensation
     Table in this Report. Such phantom shares are reported in this number. 
     This number also includes phantom shares of Common Stock credited to the 
     designated executive officer in an amount equal to the dividend earned on
     Performance Restricted Shares, as described in footnote 3 to the Summary 
     Compensation Table in this Report and footnote 3 to the Security Ownership
     of Executive Officers Table in this Report.
<F5> Mr. DeNunzio also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock
     Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on or
     after July 1, 1999.
<F6> Ms. Franklin also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock
     Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on or
     after July 1, 1999.
<F7> In addition to the beneficial ownership shown in the table, Mr. Hixon has
     a 2% residual beneficial interest but no voting or dispositive powers in a
     trust that holds 7,392 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. 
     Additionally, he also has an interest in a family limited partnership that
     holds 113,000 shares of Common Stock; he has no voting or dispositive
     powers over these shares of Common Stock. He also holds 2,000 options 
     granted under the Corporation's Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors
     that are not exercisable until on or after July 1, 1999.
<F8> Mr. Magliochetti also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's
     Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on
     or after July 1, 1999.
<F9> Mr. Meyer also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock
     Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exerciseable until on or
     after July 1, 1999.
<F10>Mr. Morley also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock
     Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on or
     after July 1, 1999.
<F11>Mr. Schloemer holds 600 of these shares in a family trust of which he is
     co-trustee with his wife and shares voting and dispositive powers and 800
     of these shares in a family limited partnership of which he is a general
     partner. In addition to the beneficial ownership shown in the table, he
     holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock Option Plan for
     Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on or after July 1, 1999.
<F12>Mr. Shiina also holds 2,000 options granted under the Corporation's Stock
     Option Plan for Outside Directors that are not exercisable until on or
     after July 1, 1999.
<F14>A portion of the shares reported for Messrs. Ripp and Hudson are
     Performance Restricted Shares granted under the Corporation's 1993 Long-
     Term Equity Incentive Plan. Further, a portion of the shares reported for
     Messrs. Ripp and Hudson are held in the Corporation's Employee Savings
     and Thrift Plan.
<F15>Under the Corporation's former Bonus Plan (Stock Plus Cash), at December
     31, 1998 Mr. Hudson also had 6,668 Stock Bonus Units. Some of the Stock
     Bonus Units held by Mr. Hudson will convert within 60 days after March 10,
     1999 and are reported in this number. Under the current 1993 Long-Term
     Equity Incentive Plan, Mr. Hudson has 414,638 Stock Options, including
     61,800 Stock Options transferred to a family limited partnership for the
     benefit of Mr. Hudson's immediate family; some of these Stock Options are
     exercisable within 60 days after March 10, 1999 and are reported in this
     number. Mr. Ripp has 208,400 Stock Options and no Stock Bonus Units; some 
     of these Stock Options are exercisable within 60 days after March 10, 1999
     and are reported in this number.
</TABLE>

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of March 10, 1999, the only persons known to management to own beneficially
more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation are named
below:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Name                     Amount
 Title of           and Address              and Nature of      Percent
  Class            of Beneficial               Beneficial       of Class
                       Owner                   Ownership
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock      AlliedSignal Inc.            20,000,100          9.1
                  101 Columbia Road
                  Morristown, NJ 07692

The nature of ownership is as follows:

     Sole Voting Powers.............................  20,000,100
     Shared Voting Powers...........................           0
     Sole Dispositive Powers........................  20,000,100
     Shared Dispositive Powers......................           0

CHANGES IN CONTROL

     On November 22, 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Merger, by and among the Company, Beta Zeno Corp. ("Beta"), a Pennsylvania
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. ("Tyco"), and
Alpha Zeno Corp. ("Merger Sub"), a Pennsylvania corporation and wholly owned
subsidiary of Beta, pursuant to which Merger Sub will be merged with and into
the Company (the "Merger"). Beta Zeno Corp. was subsequently renamed Tyco
International (PA) Inc. and Alpha Zeno Corp. was subsequently renamed AMP Merger
Corp. Upon consummation of the Merger, each outstanding share of the Company's
common stock ("AMP Common Stock") will be converted, on a tax-free basis, into a
fraction of a Tyco common share ("Tyco Common Share"), as described below, and
the Company will become an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Tyco.

     Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, if the weighted average share
price of a Tyco Common Share for the fifteen consecutive day trading period
ending four trading days prior to AMP's shareholder meeting to vote on the
Merger (the "Average Share Price") is equal to or greater than $60.00 but less
than $67.00 per share, AMP shareholders will receive, for each share of AMP
Common Stock, Tyco Common Shares valued at $51.00 per share. If the Average
Share Price of a Tyco Common Share is equal to or greater than $67.00 but less
than or equal to $73.50, AMP shareholders will receive 0.7612 of a Tyco Common
Share for each share of AMP Common Stock, resulting in value between $51.00 and
$55.95 per share, with $55.95 per share being the maximum value that
shareholders of the Company could receive in the Merger. If the Average Share
Price of a Tyco Common Share is less than $60.00, Tyco can terminate the Merger
Agreement unless AMP exercises its right to close the Merger at an exchange
ratio of 0.85. If Tyco does not elect to terminate the Merger Agreement, the
exchange ratio will increase so that AMP shareholders receive Tyco Common Shares
with a value of $51.00 per share of AMP Common Stock.

     The Merger is expected to be accounted for as a pooling of interests. The
consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set
forth in the Merger Agreement, including obtaining the approval of the
shareholders of AMP and Tyco and customary regulatory approvals. It is
anticipated that the Merger will be completed in the second calendar quarter of
1999. In connection with its entering into the Merger Agreement, the Company
terminated its previously announced self-tender offer for 30,000,000 shares of
AMP Common Stock.

     The Merger Agreement provides that AMP will pay Tyco $300 million as a
termination fee plus Tyco's reasonable out of pocket expenses upon termination
of the Merger Agreement under the circumstances, and subject to the conditions,
specified therein. Prior to November 6, 1999, AMP is prohibited from entering
into or approving another transaction unless the Merger Agreement is terminated
under certain limited circumstances as specified in the Merger Agreement.

     The Company has also entered into a Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
November 22, 1998 (the "Stock Option Agreement"), between AMP and Beta, pursuant
to which Beta was granted an option to acquire up to 19.9% of the outstanding
shares of AMP Common Stock at a price per share of $51, subject to terms and
conditions of the Stock Option Agreement. All obligations of Merger Sub and Beta
under the Merger Agreement and the Stock Option Agreement are guaranteed by
Tyco.

     In connection with the execution of the Merger Agreement, AMP also entered
into Amendment No. 5 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1998 ("
Amendment No.5"), by and between AMP and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services
L.L.C., as rights agent (the "Rights Agent"). Pursuant to Amendment No. 5, the
Rights Agreement, dated October 25, 1989 and as amended prior hereto (the
"Rights Agreement"), by and between AMP and the Rights Agent, was further
amended to provide that the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement and
the Stock Option Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated thereby, will not result in Tyco or any of its affiliates becoming
an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) or any triggering event
occurring thereunder.



ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     During 1998 there were: a) no transactions between the Corporation and
management, the Directors or related third parties; b) no business relationship
between the Corporation and a Director; and c) no indebtedness to the
Corporation by management, the Directors or related third parties or entities,
that must be disclosed.


PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) Documents Filed as a Part of the Form 10-K Report

1.   Statements of the Registrant - Separate financial statements are omitted
     for AMP Incorporated since it is primarily an operating company and all
     subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements are wholly
     owned and their restricted net assets are not material in relation to total
     consolidated net assets at December 31, 1998.

2.   Financial Statement Schedules:

     Schedules Included:

             II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

     Schedules Omitted: Schedules I, III, IV, and V are omitted as not
     applicable because the required matter or conditions are not present.

3.  EXHIBITS:

  Exhibit
  Number                        Description
  -------                      -------------

   3.(i)    Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 3.(i).B of the Report on Form 8-K filed on
            January 31, 1995)

   3.(ii)   Bylaws of the Company, as amended July 22 1998 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 3.(ii)of the Report on Form 10-Q for the
            quarter ended June 30, 1998)

   4.A      Shareholder Rights Plan adopted by the Company's Board of
            Directors October 25, 1989 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.A
            of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)

   4.B      Amendment Rights Agreement between the Company and Chemical Bank,
            as Rights Agent for the Shareholder Rights Plan, dated September 4,
            1992 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.B of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)

   4.C      Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 
            1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12 of the Schedule 14D-9
            dated August 21, 1998)

   4.D      Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 1998 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13 of the Schedule 14D-9 dated
            August 21, 1998)

   4.E      Amendment No.4 to the Rights Agreement, dated September 17, 1998,
            by and between AMP and ChaseMellon Shareholder Service L.L.C., as
            Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 51 of Amendment
            No. 15 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 18, 1998)

   4.F      Amendment No. 5 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of November 22,
            1998.

   4.G      Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt,
            including indentures.  Upon request of the Securities and Exchange
            Commission, the Company hereby undertakes to furnish copies of the
            instruments with respect to its long-term debt, none of which have
            been registered or authorize securities in a total amount that
            exceeds 10 percent of the total assets of the Company and its
            subsidiaries on a consolidated basis

  10.A*     AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.A of Registration No.
            33-54277 on Form S-8 as filed with the Securities Exchange
            Commission on June 24, 1994)

  10.B*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Outside
            Directors dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
            31, 1996)

  10.C*     Second Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for
            Outside Directors effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference
            to Exhibit 10.E of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.D*     Executive Severance Agreements dated October 22, 1997 between the
            Company and certain of the Company's Executive Officers; with 
            amended Appendix listing the Executive Officers and noting 
            differences between the agreements entered with each Executive
            Officer(see also the section entitled "Termination of Employment 
            and Change of Control Arrangements" under Part III, Item 11 of this
            Report)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.A of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998)

  10.E*     Form of Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of
            August 8, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the
            Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)    

  10.F*     AMP Incorporated Bonus Plan (Stock Plus Cash) (see also footnote 1
            to the Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in 1998 and FY-End Option/SAR
            Values Table in this Report)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.E of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1998)

  10.G*     AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan (January 1, 1995
            Restatement), a supplemental employee retirement plan (summarized
            on Page 17 of the Proxy Statement for the AMP Incorporated 1998
            Annual Shareholders' Meeting incorporated by reference under Item
            11, Part III of this Report) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.C of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
            1995)

  10.H*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan dated
            as of July 23, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of
            the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.I*     Third Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan
            dated August 6, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.L of
            the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.J*     Fourth Amendment to the Pension Restoration Plan, effective as of
            January 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998)

  10.K*     Executive life insurance plan - AMP Incorporated Split-Dollar Life
            Insurance Plan effective October 1990, including the First Amendment
            dated and effective March 1, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
            31, 1996)

  10.L*     First Amendment to the Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement in
            the form dated January 1995, Amendment effective as of September 25,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.I of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.M*     Second Amendment to the Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement in
            the form dated October 1990, Amendment effective as of September 25,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.J of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.N*     Executive Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements in the form dated
            January 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995)

  10.O*     AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1,
            1995 for selected management and highly compensated employees
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995)

  10.P*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            selected management and highly compensated employees dated October
            26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.J of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.Q*     Fourth Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation
            Plan for select management and highly compensated employees
            effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.R*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            selected management and highly compensated employees effective as of
            January 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.P of the
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)

  10.S*     Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form
            10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)

  10.T*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            Non-Employee Directors dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.L of the Report on Form 10-K for the year
            ended December 31, 1996)

  10.U*     Second Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-
            Employee Directors effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.V*     Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (October 23, 1996
            Restatement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M of the 
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.W*     First Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Outside Directors
            effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to the
            Exhibit 10.H of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.X*     Outside Directors Deferred Stock Accumulation Plan (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.K of the Report on Form 10-K for the year 
            ended December 31, 1995)

  10.Y*     Amendment to the Outside Directors Deferred Stock Accumulation
            Plan dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.O of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1996)

  10.Z*     Second Amendment to the Deferred Stock Accumulation Plan for
            Outside Directors effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.G of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.AA*    Management Incentive Plan (January 1, 1996 Restatement) (see also
            column (d) of the Summary Compensation Table in this Report)
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996)

  10.BB*    Director and Officer Indemnification Agreements dated October 22,
            1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.S of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.CC*    AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (see also
            footnote 1 to the Options/SAR Grants in 1998 Table in this Report) 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995)

  10.DD*    Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive
            Plan dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.U of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1996)

  10.EE*    Second Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity
            Incentive Plan effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.A of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.FF*    Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive
            Plan effective as of October 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.DD of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
            December 31, 1998)

  10.GG*    AMP Incorporated Stock Bonus Unit and Supplemental Cash Bonus
            Agreement 

  10.HH*    AMP Incorporated Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

  10.II*    AMP Incorporated Incentive Stock Option Agreement 

  10.JJ*    AMP Incorporated Performance Restricted Share Agreement
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995)

  10.KK*    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Agreement effective as of
            August 20, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 of the
            Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)

  10.LL*    Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Phillipe Lemaitre
            dated February 19, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.A
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.MM*    AMP Incorporated Supplemental Benefit Trust Agreement entered into
            as of April 1, 1997 between the Company and Dauphin Deposit Bank and
            Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.NN*    First Amendment to the Supplemental Benefit Trust Agreement
            effective September 25, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.D of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
            1997)

  10.OO*    AMP Incorporated Supplemental Executive Pension Plan dated June 9,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.PP*    First Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Supplemental Executive
            Pension Plan effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.C of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.QQ*    Second Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Pension Plan
            effective July 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.P
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.RR*    Fifth Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan
            dated July 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.Q of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.SS*    Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of August 8,
            1998, between AMP and Robert Ripp (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 31 of Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 14D-9 filed September 1,
            1998)

  10.TT*    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Company and Mr. Robert Ripp
            dated as of August 15, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.R of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1994)

  10.UU*    Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of August 20, 1998 between
            AMP and Robert Ripp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 30 of 
            Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 14D-9 filed September 1, 1998)

  10.VV*    Employee Share Purchase Plan, effective July 1, 1998 (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 10-Q for the 
            quarter ended June 30, 1998)

  10.WW*    AMP Incorporated Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 6 of the Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)

  10.XX     Commitment Letter, dated September 27, 1998, by and between
            Credit Suisse First Boston, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. and AMP 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 67 of Amendment No. 20 to the
            Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.YY     Commitment Letter, dated September 27, 1998, by and between Credit
            Suisse First Boston, DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc. ad AMP (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 68 of Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9
            filed September 28, 1998)

  10.ZZ     Trust Agreement, dated September 28, 1998, between AMP and
            Wachovia Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 69 of 
            Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.AAA    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 28, 1998, by and between
            AMP and Wachovia Bank N.A. [including, as an Appendix thereto, the
            form of promissory note] (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 70 
            of Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.BBB*   Letter Agreement, dated August 20, 1998, by and between AMP and
            James E. Marley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 84 of 
            Amendment No. 25 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed October 9, 1998)

  10.CCC*   Letter Agreement, dated August 20, 1998, by and between AMP and
            William J. Hudson (incorporated by reference to Exhbit 85 of 
            Amendment No. 25 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed October 9, 1998)

  10.DDD*   Consulting, Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement and 
            Release between AMP and Javad K. Hassan, dated July 24, 1998
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.R of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.EEE*   AMP Incorporated Retention Bonus Program, authorized as of August
            20, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.S of the Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.FFF    Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Tyco International (PA)
            Inc. (formerly known as Beta Zeno Corp.), AMP Merger Corp. (formerly
            known as Alpha Zeno Corp.) and AMP Incorporated including Guarantee
            of Tyco International Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of
            the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by AMP Incorporated and
            Tyco International Ltd. dated February 12, 1999)

  10.GGG    Stock Option Agreement between AMP Incorporated and Beta Zeno
            Corp. (incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Joint Proxy
            Statement/Prospectus filed by AMP Incorporated and Tyco 
            International Ltd. dated February 12, 1999)

   13     - Portions of the AMP Incorporated Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1998 that are specifically incorporated by
            reference into this Report

   21     - List of Subsidiaries

   23     - Consent of Independent Public Accountants

   27     - Financial Data Schedule
- ----------------------

*    A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
     filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to the requirements of this 10-K
     Annual Report.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH ANY EXHIBIT LISTED ABOVE UPON REQUEST. EXCEPT FOR THE
ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS, PAYMENT FOR THE COST OF PROVIDING THE EXHIBIT
MAY BE REQUIRED FOR VOLUMINOUS EXHIBITS.

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K

      A Current Report on Form 8-K was filed by the Company on November 25,
      1998. In Item 5 of the Report on Form 8-K the Corporation disclosed the
      existence of and summarized the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
      by and among AMP Incorporated, Beta Zeno Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation
      and wholly owned subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. and Alpha Zeno
      Corp., a Pennsylvania corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Beta
      Zeno Corp., pursuant to which Alpha Zeno Corp. will be merged with and
      into AMP.

<PAGE>
                               SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of March
26, 1999.

                                   AMP Incorporated
                                   (Registrant)

                                      /s/  William S. Urkiel
                                By______________________________
                                   William S. Urkiel,
                                   Vice President and
                                   Chief Financial Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
annual report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

     Signature                Title                        Date

/s/  Robert Ripp
____________________  Chairman of the Board and        March 25, 1999
(R. Ripp)             Chief Executive Officer

/s/  W. J. Hudson
____________________  Vice Chairman                    March 23, 1999
(W. J. Hudson)

/s/  William S. Urkiel
____________________  Vice President and               March 25, 1999
(W. S. Urkiel)        Chief Financial Officer
                      (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Mark E. Lang
____________________  Controller                       March 25, 1999
(M. E. Lang)

/s/  Ralph D. DeNunzio
____________________  Director                         March 23, 1999
(Ralph D. DeNunzio)


/s/  B. H. Franklin
____________________  Director                         March 26, 1999
(B. H. Franklin)


____________________  Director                         March __, 1999
(J. M. Hixon)

/s/ J. M. Magliochetti
____________________  Director                         March 26, 1999
(J. M. Magliochetti)

/s/  H. A. McInnes
____________________  Director                         March 22, 1999
(H. A. McInnes)

/s/  J. J. Meyer
____________________  Director                         March 22, 1999
(J. J. Meyer)

/s/  John C. Morley
____________________  Director                         March 23, 1999
(John C. Morley)

/s/  P. G. Schloemer
____________________  Director                         March 23, 1999
(P. G. Schloemer)

/s/  T. Shiina
____________________  Director                         March 25, 1999
(T. Shiina)

<PAGE>

                               AMP INCORPORATED & SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
Schedule II
                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
<CAPTION>
                                   Balance at    Additions       Deductions                       Balance at
                                   Beginning     Charged to        from          Translation        End
Description                        of Year       Expense          Reserves       Adjustments      of Year <F1>
- -----------                       -----------    ----------     ------------     -----------      -----------
<S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
Restructuring Charges--
  Year ended December 31, 1998    $ 14,185,000   $376,644,000   $(246,070,000)   $         0       $144,759,000
  Year ended December 31, 1997    $167,600,000              0   $(153,415,000)   $         0       $ 14,185,000
  Year ended December 31, 1996    $          0   $167,600,000   $           0    $         0       $167,600,000

Reserve for doubtful accounts--
  Year ended December 31, 1998    $ 39,679,000   $  8,780,000   $  (3,424,000)   $   952,000       $ 45,987,000
  Year ended December 31, 1997    $ 39,614,000   $  6,483,000   $  (4,450,000)   $(1,968,000)      $ 39,679,000
  Year ended December 31, 1996    $ 35,395,000   $ 10,352,000   $  (5,286,000)   $  (847,000)      $ 39,614,000
- ----------
<FN>
<F1>  Included in the restructuring charge balance at the end of 1998 was
      $8,942,000 related to the 1996 restructuring charge.
</FN>
</TABLE>

APPENDIX

  Exhibit
  Number                        Description
  -------                      -------------

   3.(i)    Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 3.(i).B of the Report on Form 8-K filed on
            January 31, 1995)

   3.(ii)   Bylaws of the Company, as amended July 22 1998 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 3.(ii)of the Report on Form 10-Q for the
            quarter ended June 30, 1998)

   4.A      Shareholder Rights Plan adopted by the Company's Board of
            Directors October 25, 1989 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.A
            of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)

   4.B      Amendment Rights Agreement between the Company and Chemical Bank,
            as Rights Agent for the Shareholder Rights Plan, dated September 4,
            1992 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.B of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)

   4.C      Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 
            1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12 of the Schedule 14D-9
            dated August 21, 1998)

   4.D      Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 1998 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 13 of the Schedule 14D-9 dated
            August 21, 1998)

   4.E      Amendment No.4 to the Rights Agreement, dated September 17, 1998,
            by and between AMP and ChaseMellon Shareholder Service L.L.C., as
            Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 51 of Amendment
            No. 15 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 18, 1998)

   4.F      Amendment No. 5 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of November 22,
            1998.

   4.G      Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt,
            including indentures.  Upon request of the Securities and Exchange
            Commission, the Company hereby undertakes to furnish copies of the
            instruments with respect to its long-term debt, none of which have
            been registered or authorize securities in a total amount that
            exceeds 10 percent of the total assets of the Company and its
            subsidiaries on a consolidated basis

  10.A*     AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.A of Registration No.
            33-54277 on Form S-8 as filed with the Securities Exchange
            Commission on June 24, 1994)

  10.B*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for Outside
            Directors dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
            31, 1996)

  10.C*     Second Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Stock Option Plan for
            Outside Directors effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference
            to Exhibit 10.E of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.D*     Executive Severance Agreements dated October 22, 1997 between the
            Company and certain of the Company's Executive Officers; with 
            amended Appendix listing the Executive Officers and noting 
            differences between the agreements entered with each Executive
            Officer(see also the section entitled "Termination of Employment 
            and Change of Control Arrangements" under Part III, Item 11 of this
            Report)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.A of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998)

  10.E*     Form of Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement dated as of
            August 8, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the
            Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)    

  10.F*     AMP Incorporated Bonus Plan (Stock Plus Cash) (see also footnote 1
            to the Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in 1998 and FY-End Option/SAR
            Values Table in this Report)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.E of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1998)

  10.G*     AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan (January 1, 1995
            Restatement), a supplemental employee retirement plan (summarized
            on Page 17 of the Proxy Statement for the AMP Incorporated 1998
            Annual Shareholders' Meeting incorporated by reference under Item
            11, Part III of this Report) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.C of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
            1995)

  10.H*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan dated
            as of July 23, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of
            the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.I*     Third Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan
            dated August 6, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.L of
            the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.J*     Fourth Amendment to the Pension Restoration Plan, effective as of
            January 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998)

  10.K*     Executive life insurance plan - AMP Incorporated Split-Dollar Life
            Insurance Plan effective October 1990, including the First Amendment
            dated and effective March 1, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
            31, 1996)

  10.L*     First Amendment to the Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement in
            the form dated January 1995, Amendment effective as of September 25,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.I of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.M*     Second Amendment to the Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement in
            the form dated October 1990, Amendment effective as of September 25,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.J of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.N*     Executive Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements in the form dated
            January 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995)

  10.O*     AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1,
            1995 for selected management and highly compensated employees
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995)

  10.P*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            selected management and highly compensated employees dated October
            26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.J of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.Q*     Fourth Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation
            Plan for select management and highly compensated employees
            effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997)

  10.R*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            selected management and highly compensated employees effective as of
            January 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.P of the
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998)

  10.S*     Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form
            10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994)

  10.T*     Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan for
            Non-Employee Directors dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.L of the Report on Form 10-K for the year
            ended December 31, 1996)

  10.U*     Second Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-
            Employee Directors effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.F of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.V*     Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (October 23, 1996
            Restatement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M of the 
            Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.W*     First Amendment to the Retirement Plan for Outside Directors
            effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to the
            Exhibit 10.H of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.X*     Outside Directors Deferred Stock Accumulation Plan (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.K of the Report on Form 10-K for the year 
            ended December 31, 1995)

  10.Y*     Amendment to the Outside Directors Deferred Stock Accumulation
            Plan dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.O of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1996)

  10.Z*     Second Amendment to the Deferred Stock Accumulation Plan for
            Outside Directors effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.G of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.AA*    Management Incentive Plan (January 1, 1996 Restatement) (see also
            column (d) of the Summary Compensation Table in this Report)
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996)

  10.BB*    Director and Officer Indemnification Agreements dated October 22,
            1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.S of the Report on
            Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996)

  10.CC*    AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (see also
            footnote 1 to the Options/SAR Grants in 1998 Table in this Report) 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995)

  10.DD*    Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive
            Plan dated October 26, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.U of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1996)

  10.EE*    Second Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity
            Incentive Plan effective as of July 22, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.A of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1997)

  10.FF*    Amendment to the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive
            Plan effective as of October 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.DD of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
            December 31, 1998)

  10.GG*    AMP Incorporated Stock Bonus Unit and Supplemental Cash Bonus
            Agreement 

  10.HH*    AMP Incorporated Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

  10.II*    AMP Incorporated Incentive Stock Option Agreement 

  10.JJ*    AMP Incorporated Performance Restricted Share Agreement
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995)

  10.KK*    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Agreement effective as of
            August 20, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 of the
            Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)

  10.LL*    Employment Agreement between the Company and Mr. Phillipe Lemaitre
            dated February 19, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.A
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.MM*    AMP Incorporated Supplemental Benefit Trust Agreement entered into
            as of April 1, 1997 between the Company and Dauphin Deposit Bank and
            Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.NN*    First Amendment to the Supplemental Benefit Trust Agreement
            effective September 25, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.D of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
            1997)

  10.OO*    AMP Incorporated Supplemental Executive Pension Plan dated June 9,
            1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D of the Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997)

  10.PP*    First Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Supplemental Executive
            Pension Plan effective July 22, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 10.C of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
            September 30, 1997)

  10.QQ*    Second Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Pension Plan
            effective July 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.P
            of the Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.RR*    Fifth Amendment to the AMP Incorporated Pension Restoration Plan
            dated July 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.Q of the
            Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.SS*    Amendment to Executive Severance Agreement, dated as of August 8,
            1998, between AMP and Robert Ripp (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 31 of Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 14D-9 filed September 1,
            1998)

  10.TT*    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Company and Mr. Robert Ripp
            dated as of August 15, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.R of the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
            1994)

  10.UU*    Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of August 20, 1998 between
            AMP and Robert Ripp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 30 of 
            Amendment No. 6 to Schedule 14D-9 filed September 1, 1998)

  10.VV*    Employee Share Purchase Plan, effective July 1, 1998 (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 10.B of the Report on Form 10-Q for the 
            quarter ended June 30, 1998)

  10.WW*    AMP Incorporated Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 6 of the Schedule 14D-9 dated August 21, 1998)

  10.XX     Commitment Letter, dated September 27, 1998, by and between
            Credit Suisse First Boston, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. and AMP 
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 67 of Amendment No. 20 to the
            Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.YY     Commitment Letter, dated September 27, 1998, by and between Credit
            Suisse First Boston, DLJ Bridge Finance, Inc. ad AMP (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 68 of Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9
            filed September 28, 1998)

  10.ZZ     Trust Agreement, dated September 28, 1998, between AMP and
            Wachovia Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 69 of 
            Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.AAA    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 28, 1998, by and between
            AMP and Wachovia Bank N.A. [including, as an Appendix thereto, the
            form of promissory note] (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 70 
            of Amendment No. 20 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed September 28, 1998)

  10.BBB*   Letter Agreement, dated August 20, 1998, by and between AMP and
            James E. Marley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 84 of 
            Amendment No. 25 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed October 9, 1998)

  10.CCC*   Letter Agreement, dated August 20, 1998, by and between AMP and
            William J. Hudson (incorporated by reference to Exhbit 85 of 
            Amendment No. 25 to the Schedule 14D-9 filed October 9, 1998)

  10.DDD*   Consulting, Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement and 
            Release between AMP and Javad K. Hassan, dated July 24, 1998
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.R of the Report on Form
            10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.EEE*   AMP Incorporated Retention Bonus Program, authorized as of August
            20, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.S of the Report
            on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998)

  10.FFF    Agreement and Plan of Merger By and Among Tyco International (PA)
            Inc. (formerly known as Beta Zeno Corp.), AMP Merger Corp. (formerly
            known as Alpha Zeno Corp.) and AMP Incorporated including Guarantee
            of Tyco International Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of
            the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by AMP Incorporated and
            Tyco International Ltd. dated February 12, 1999)

  10.GGG    Stock Option Agreement between AMP Incorporated and Beta Zeno
            Corp. (incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Joint Proxy
            Statement/Prospectus filed by AMP Incorporated and Tyco 
            International Ltd. dated February 12, 1999)

   13     - Portions of the AMP Incorporated Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
            ended September 30, 1998 that are specifically incorporated by
            reference into this Report

   21     - List of Subsidiaries

   23     - Consent of Independent Public Accountants

   27     - Financial Data Schedule
- ----------------------

*    A management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
     filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to the requirements of this 10-K
     Annual Report.


                         AMENDMENT TO RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     AMENDMENT No. 5 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1998 (the
"Amendment No. 5"), by and between AMP Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation
(the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.L.C., a limited
liability company organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey (the
"Rights Agent").

     WHEREAS, on October 25, 1989 the Company and Manufacturers Hanover Trust
Company, a New York corporation ("MHTCo"), entered into a Rights Agreement (the
"Original Agreement");

     WHEREAS, on September 4, 1992, the Company and Chemical Bank (as successor
to MHTCo) entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, on August 12,
1998, the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.L.C. (as successor to
Chemical Bank) entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement, on August
20, 1998, the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.LC. entered into
Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement and on September 17, 1998, the Company
and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.L.C. entered into Amendment No. 4 to the
Rights Agreement (the Original Agreement, as amended by each of the amendments
is hereinafter referred to as the "Agreement" and the terms of which are
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof); and

     WHEREAS, the Company, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the
Company, and the Rights Agent have mutually agreed to modify the terms of the
Agreement in certain respects.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements
herein set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto
agree that the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended in the following manner:

     Section 1. AMENDMENT OF "ISSUE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE". Section 3(a) of the
Agreement is amended to add the following paragraph at the end thereof:

     "Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the occurrence of
(A) the approval, execution and delivery of the Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated November 22, 1998 (as it may be amended from time to time, the "Merger
Agreement"), by and among Beta Zeno Corp. ("Beta"), a Delaware corporation and
wholly owned subsidiary of Tyco International Ltd. ("Issuer"), Alpha Zeno Corp.,
a Pennsylvania corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Beta ("Merger Sub")
and the Company and the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1998
(as it may be amended from time to time, the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), by and
between the company and Beta, (B) the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Merger Agreement and/or the Stock Purchase Agreement or (C)
the announcement of any of the foregoing events will not, individually or
collectively, cause (i) Issuer, Beta, Merger Sub and their affiliates, either
individually or as a group, to be deemed an Acquiring Person, (ii) the
occurrence of a Stock Acquisition Date, a Distribution Date, a Section 11(a)(ii)
Event, a Section 13 Event or a Triggering Event to be deemed to have occurred,
or (iii) an Unsolicited Acquisition Proposal to be deemed to have been
announced."

     Section 2. RIGHTS AGREEMENT AS AMENDED. The term "Agreement" as used in the
Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Agreement as amended hereby and shall
be effective as of the date hereof. All references hereinafter to Amendment No.
5 shall be deemed to refer to this Amendment No. 5. It is expressly understood
and agreed that except as provided above, all terms, conditions and provisions
contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without any
further change or modification whatsoever.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 5 to be duly
executed and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.


Attest:                                      AMP Incorporated

By: /s/  D. F. Henschel                      By:  /s/ Robert Ripp
   ---------------------------                  -------------------------------
   Name:  David F. Henschel                     Name:  Robert Ripp
   Title: General Counsel and                   Title: Chairman and Chief
          Corporate Secretary                          Executive Officer


Attest:                                      AMP Incorporated

By: /s/  Robert G. Scott, Jr.                By:  /s/ Constance Adams
   ---------------------------                  -------------------------------
   Name:  Robert G. Scott, Jr.                  Name:  Constance Adams
   Title: Vice President                       Title:  Assistant Vice President

                                                               EX-10.GG
                                                               --------
                                AMP Incorporated

             STOCK BONUS UNIT AND SUPPLEMENTAL CASH BONUS AGREEMENT

     For the purpose of (a) encouraging key employees to acquire a proprietary
interest in the Common Stock of AMP Incorporated (the "Corporation"), thereby
aligning their interests with the interests of the shareholders, (b) providing
added incentive to key employees to contribute to the future growth and
profitability of the Corporation and (c) attracting and retaining exceptionally
qualified employees, the Corporation, pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), will
award to participants Stock Bonus Units that are convertible to a Stock Bonus
payable in the form of Common Stock or the cash equivalent thereof. The
Corporation will also pay to such participants a Supplemental Cash Bonus
intended to enable participants to retain Common Stock distributed as a result
of the Stock Bonus.

     This Agreement, entered into pursuant to the terms of the Plan, evidences
that the Committee has designated ("Participant") as a participant under the
Plan, has credited Stock Bonus Units to Participant, has designated as the Award
Date for such Stock Bonus Units, has designated the sum of $ as the Designated
Value applicable to such Stock Bonus Units, and has awarded Participant a
Supplemental Cash Bonus to be paid in connection with the Stock Bonus reflected
herein.

     Distributions of the Stock Bonus and Supplemental Cash Bonus shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the following:


                             Article I. Definitions.

     1.1. "Agreement" means this "Stock Bonus Unit and Supplemental Cash Bonus
Agreement" between the Corporation and Participant.

     1.2. "Award" shall mean any grant made to Participant under the Plan and
this Agreement, including but not limited to Stock Bonus Units and a
Supplemental Cash Bonus.

     1.3. "Award Date" means the date designated by the Committee as of which
Stock Bonus Units are credited to Participant for purposes of computations under
the Plan.

     1.4. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1.5. "Bonus Computation Dates" means the fourth, fifth and sixth
anniversaries of the Participant's Award Date and the dates determined pursuant
to Sections 3.1 and 4.1 hereof as Bonus Computation Dates.

     1.6. "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4
hereof.

     1.7. "Committee" means the committee of the Board as described in Section
2(h) of the Plan.

     1.8. "Common Stock" means common stock of the Corporation, no par value.

     1.9. "Competing Business" means, as applied to a particular period of time,
a business which at such time is engaged in the manufacture, sale or other
disposition of a product or products which is in competition to a product or
products of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, partnerships or joint ventures.

     1.10. "Corporation" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

     1.11. "Designated Value" means an amount designated by the Committee as of
the Award Date, but in no event less than 95% of the Fair Market Value on such
date.

     1.12. "Distribution Period" means the full calendar year, or the number of
full calendar years, next following the calendar year in which Termination of
Employment occurs, determined by the percentage to be applied as provided in
Section 3.1(b) as follows: (i) when said percentage is less than 40%, one such
calendar year; (ii) when said percentage is at least 40% but less than 60%, two
such calendar years; and (iii) when said percentage is 60% or more, three such
calendar years.

     1.13. "Dividend Equivalents" means an amount equal to the total dividends
(other than stock dividends) but giving effect to any adjustments under Section
6.10 and the fair market value of any rights, warrants and other distributions
not distributed with the Shares but which the Participant would have received if
such Participant had been the owner of record of the number of whole Shares
distributed as an installment of the Stock Bonus during the period from the
Bonus Computation Date to and including the date of distribution of such
installment. The Committee in its sole discretion shall determine the fair
market value as of the date of distribution of any rights, warrants or other
distributions.

     1.14. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1.15. "Fair Market Value" means the average closing sales price of a Share
as reflected on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the 10 trading
days immediately prior to the relevant date.

     1.16. "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in the second
paragraph of this Agreement.

     1.17. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1.18. "Share" or "Shares" means a share or shares of Common Stock.

     1.19. "Stock Bonus" means a bonus of the number of Shares, if any
(including the cash equivalent of a fractional Share), which can be purchased on
each Bonus Computation Date at the then Fair Market Value if there is applied to
such purchase an amount equal to 1/3 of the Stock Bonus Units credited to
Participant under this Agreement (or such different portion determined pursuant
to Section 3.1 or 4.1 hereof), multiplied by the increase in the Fair Market
Value as of the Bonus Computation Date over the Designated Value.

     1.20. "Stock Bonus Units" means units credited hereunder to Participant for
determining the Stock Bonus and Supplemental Cash Bonus.
      
     1.21. "Supplemental Cash Bonus" means a cash bonus of the amount resulting
from the application of the Supplemental Cash Bonus percentage, as designated by
the Committee on the Bonus Computation Dates, to the aggregate market value as
of the Bonus Computation Date of the Shares, or their cash equivalent (including
the cash equivalent of fractional Shares), to be distributed to Participant. The
Committee's intent in establishing the designated percentage is to provide a
Supplemental Cash Bonus sufficient to pay the anticipated Federal income tax at
a maximum rate for the highest taxable bracket with respect to both the Stock
Bonus and the Supplemental Cash Bonus rounded up to the next highest whole
percentage point, but said percentage shall in no event exceed 50%. When the
Shares are distributed in installments, as provided in Section 3.3, Fair Market
Value for the purpose of computing the Supplemental Cash Bonus shall be as of
the first day of the period for which the distribution is made but in no event
shall Fair Market Value exceed the highest closing sales price of a Share as
reflected on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape during the six months
immediately preceding Participant's Termination of Employment.

     1.22. "Termination of Employment" means the termination of employment by
the Corporation or by a subsidiary, but not the transfer of employment from the
Corporation to a subsidiary of the Corporation or vice versa or from one
subsidiary of the Corporation to another such subsidiary. If the Committee in
its sole discretion so determines, employment shall not be considered as
terminated for the purposes of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 so long as Participant
continues to perform services for the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof on
either a full or part time basis either as an independent contractor or on a
consulting basis or otherwise, provided, however, that Participant during such
period does not, whether full time or part time, engage in or perform any
services as an employee, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, or
otherwise for a Competing Business.


                       Article II. Distribution of Bonus.

     2.1. "Distribution of Stock Bonus": On each Bonus Computation Date, or as
promptly as practicable thereafter, there shall be distributed to Participant
who has not had a Termination of Employment the Stock Bonus payable as of such
Bonus Computation Date. In lieu of the distribution of the Stock Bonus in
Shares, the Committee in its sole discretion may direct that the distribution of
the Stock Bonus, or any installments thereof, take the form, in whole or in
part, of cash equivalent to the amount of the Stock Bonus, or any installments
thereof.

     2.2. "Distribution of Supplemental Cash Bonus": If and when the
distribution of the Stock Bonus, or an installment thereof, shall be made
(whether such distribution occurs in Shares or in the cash equivalent), the
Supplemental Cash Bonus in respect of such distribution shall be paid to such
Participant.


                    Article III. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. "Retirement, Death or Disability": The date of retirement of a
Participant pursuant to the provisions of a retirement plan of the Corporation
or a subsidiary, or the date of Termination of Employment of the Participant
because of the Participant's death or disability, shall constitute a Bonus
Computation Date for computing the Participant's Stock Bonus as follows:

     (a) If such Bonus Computation Date is prior to the first anniversary of the
Award Date, no Stock Bonus shall be computed or distributed in respect of Stock
Bonus Units having such Award Date unless the Committee exercises the discretion
hereinafter granted to it. The Committee may in its sole discretion authorize
future distributions of the Stock Bonus to Participant in such amount and at
such times as it may determine, provided that in no event shall the total of
such distributions exceed the amount of the Stock Bonus.

     (b) If such Bonus Computation Date is on or after the first anniversary but
prior to the fifth anniversary of the Award Date, the Stock Bonus will be
computed in respect of Stock Bonus Units having such Bonus Computation Date as
follows: Multiply the Stock Bonus Units by the aggregate of (i) a percentage
equal to 20% for each full 12-month period between the Award Date and such Bonus
Computation Date, plus (ii) a percentage equal to 1.667% for each full calendar
month between the immediately preceding anniversary of the Award Date and such
Bonus Computation Date; provided, that the total Stock Bonus Units so computed
shall be reduced by the total number of Stock Bonus Units with respect to which
a computation has previously been made.

     (c) If such Bonus Computation Date is on or after the fifth anniversary of
the Award Date, the Stock Bonus will be computed with respect of all remaining
Stock Bonus Units having such Bonus Computation Date with respect to which a
computation has not previously been made.

     In case of the death or disability of a Participant, the Committee shall
determine to whom distribution shall be made and distribution to the person or
persons designated by the Committee shall relieve the Corporation or a
subsidiary from any and all further responsibility under the Plan. The terms of
the Plan and this Agreement, as well as the interpretations and decisions of the
Committee, shall be binding upon any such person or persons and upon the
executor, administrator, and heirs of the Participant.

     3.2. "Other Termination of Employment": In the case of a Termination of
Employment of the Participant otherwise than as provided in Section 3.1, the
Participant shall upon such Termination of Employment have no rights whatsoever
under this Plan unless the Committee exercises the discretion hereinafter
granted to it. The Committee may in its sole discretion authorize future
distributions of the Stock Bonus to Participant in such amount and at such times
as it may determine, provided that in no event shall the total of such
distributions exceed the amount of the Stock Bonus.

     3.3. "Distribution in Installments": Subject to and contingent upon the
fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 3.4 and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.1, a Stock Bonus computed pursuant to Section 3.1 shall
be distributed during the applicable Distribution Period in quarter-annual
installments, as nearly equal as practicable, commencing on the first day of the
first March of the Distribution Period, together with the Supplemental Cash
Bonus and related Dividend Equivalents in respect of each such installment. If
the aggregate number of Shares that results from the Stock Bonus computations
and that is distributable in installments during the Distribution Period shall
not be divisible into a whole number of Shares by the applicable number of
installments, each installment except the last shall consist of the nearest
number of whole Shares into which such aggregate number of Shares shall be
divisible by the applicable number of installments, and the last installment
shall consist of the total number of whole Shares resulting from the Stock Bonus
computations less the total number of Shares theretofore distributed, with any
fractional Share to be paid out in its cash equivalent based on the then Fair
Market Value of a Share.

     3.4. "Fulfillment of Conditions": The Corporation's obligation to
distribute any installment pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be contingent upon the
fulfillment of the conditions that:

     (a) Participant shall not, whether full time or part time, as an employee,
on a consulting or advisory basis or otherwise, engage in or perform any
services during the period between the date of Participant's Termination of
Employment and the end of the Distribution Period for a business which at such
time shall be a Competing Business, nor shall Participant at any time (i)
disclose information relative to the business of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries which is confidential or (ii) otherwise act or conduct himself in a
manner which is inimical or contrary to the best interest of the Corporation and
its subsidiaries, and

     (b) Participant shall be available during the period between the date of
Participant's Termination of Employment and the end of the Distribution Period
for such consulting and advisory services as the Corporation or its subsidiaries
may reasonably request, taking fairly into consideration the age, health,
residence and individual circumstances of the Participant and the total amount
of distributions to the Participant under the Plan during the Distribution
Period.

     In the event that any of such conditions shall not be fulfilled, the
obligations of the Corporation hereunder shall forthwith terminate and
Participant's right to any further distribution of Shares, Dividend Equivalents
and Supplemental Cash Bonus shall be cancelled; provided, that any such
cancellation shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any of the rights or
remedies available to the Corporation or its subsidiaries arising out of
Participant's breach of any provision of this Agreement or the Plan. Ownership
as a passive investor of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
shares of the stock of any company listed on a national securities exchange or
having at least one hundred (100) shareholders of record shall not in itself be
deemed a nonfulfillment of the conditions herein set forth.


                Article IV. Acceleration of Bonus Distributions.

     4.1. "Accelerated Distributions": The Committee may, if and when in its
sole discretion it determines as to Participant that the circumstances justify
such action and with or without the application or consent of Participant, at
any time or times after the first anniversary of the Award Date designate a
Bonus Computation Date with respect to all or any part of the number of Stock
Bonus Units that Participant would be entitled to under Section 3.1 computed as
if such Bonus Computation Date were a Termination of Employment date, or with
respect to all or any part of the number of Stock Bonus Units represented by
this Agreement with respect to which no distribution prior thereto has been
made. The Stock Bonus, together with the related Supplemental Cash Bonus, shall
thereupon promptly be distributed to Participant.


                       Article V. Administration of Plan.

     5.1. "Committee": The Committee shall administer the Plan and this
Agreement in accordance with their provisions and shall have full and final
authority in its discretion to (a) interpret the provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement and decide all questions of fact arising in their application, and its
interpretation and decisions shall be in all respects final, conclusive and
binding; and (b) make all other determinations, rules and regulations necessary
or advisable for the administration of the Plan and this Agreement. No member of
the Committee shall be personally liable for any action or determination in
respect to the administration of the Plan and this Agreement if made in good
faith.

                           Article VI. Miscellaneous.

     6.1. "Withholding of Taxes": Whenever the Corporation proposes or is
required to issue or transfer Shares under the Plan and this Agreement, the
Corporation shall have the right to require Participant to remit to the
Corporation an amount sufficient to satisfy any Federal, state and/or local
withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or
certificates for such Shares. Withholding requirements may be satisfied by cash
payments or, at the election of Participant, by having the Corporation withhold
a portion of the Shares or Supplemental Cash Bonus to be received, or by
delivering previously owned Shares, having a value equal to the amount to be
withheld (or such portion thereof as the Participant may elect). Any election to
have Shares withheld under this Section may be subject, in the Committee's
discretion, to such restrictions as the Committee may determine, including but
not limited to one or more of the following restrictions in accordance with
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act: (a) the election shall be irrevocable; (b)
the election shall be subject, in whole or in part, to the approval of the
Committee and to such rules as it may adopt; (c) the election must be made at
least six months prior to the transfer of Shares under the Plan and this
Agreement; and (d) the election shall be made during the time period specified
in Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Whenever payments under the
Plan are to be made in cash, including but not limited to the Supplemental Cash
Bonus, such payments shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy any
Federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements.

     6.2. "Non-Alienation of Benefits": Prior to its settlement in the form of
cash or Shares, no right or benefit under the Plan and this Agreement shall be
subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or
charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber
or charge the same whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, shall
be void except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by such
other means as the Committee may approve from time to time. No right or benefit
under the Plan and this Agreement shall in any manner be liable for or subject
to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled to such
benefit. If Participant should become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any right or benefit under
the Plan and this Agreement, then such right or benefit shall, in the sole
discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, and in such event, the
Corporation may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of
Participant, the Participant's spouse, children or other dependents, or any of
them, in such manner and in such proportion as the Committee may determine. Any
restrictions on transferability of the Shares either described above or
otherwise provided for in this Agreement may be referred to in legends contained
on the certificates evidencing such Shares.

     6.3. "Legal Holiday": If and when the date on which a computation or
distribution is to be made or other action is to be taken under the Plan or this
Agreement falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, such computation or
distribution shall be made or such other action taken on the next succeeding
business day.

     6.4 "Change in Control": For the purposes of this Section, "Change in
Control" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 10 of the Plan.
Notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, all Stock Bonus Units and Supplemental Cash Bonus Awards and
other applicable Awards granted under the Plan and this Agreement that are
unvested and unpaid shall become immediately and automatically vested and
payable, without any further action by the Committee.

     6.5. "General Restrictions": The Plan and each Award under the Plan and
this Agreement and the issuance of Shares in connection therewith shall be
subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that
the Plan, this Agreement, an Award under the Plan and this Agreement or the
issuance or purchase of Shares in connection therewith requires or it is
desirable that it has (a) the listing, registration or qualification of the
Shares subject or related to the Plan upon any securities exchange or under any
state or Federal law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, or (b) the
consent or approval of any government regulatory body, or (c) an agreement by
the recipient of an Award with respect to the disposition of Shares, then the
Plan and this Agreement will not be effective and the Award may not be
consummated in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,
qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall have been effected or
obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

     6.6. "Rights of a Shareholder": The recipient of any Award under the Plan
and this Agreement, and any person claiming under or through such recipient or
under the Plan or this Agreement, shall not be, nor have any of the rights of, a
shareholder with respect thereto, nor shall they have any right or interest in
any cash or other property, unless and until certificates for Shares are issued
or distributions in cash are made to such Participant after compliance with all
the terms and conditions and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

     6.7. "Rights to Terminate Employment": Nothing in the Plan or this
Agreement shall confer upon Participant the right to continue in the employment
of the Corporation, or to continue in any position or at any level of
remuneration, or affect any right which the Corporation may have to terminate
the employment of such Participant for any reason whatsoever, with or without
good cause.

     6.8. "Management, Accounting and Financial Decisions": Nothing in the Plan
or this Agreement shall affect the authority of the management of the
Corporation to make management, business, accounting and financial decisions
concerning the Corporation.

     6.9. "Non-Uniform Determinations": The Committee's determinations under the
Plan (including without limitation determinations of the persons to receive
Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of
such Awards and the agreements evidencing same, and the establishment of values
and performance targets) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee
selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under
the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

     6.10. "Adjustments": In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares
by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or the like, the
Committee shall adjust the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under
the Plan and shall provide for an equitable adjustment in the number of Stock
Bonus Units credited to Participant with respect to which no distribution has
then been made, and/or in the Designated Value to be used in Stock Bonus
computations for each Bonus Computation Date which is on or subsequent to the
effective date of such change in the Shares, and/or in the Shares issuable
pursuant to an outstanding Award as of the effective date of the change in the
Shares, to the end that after such event the Participant's proportionate
interest shall be maintained as before the occurrence of such event. The
decision of the Committee with respect to the nature and amount of the
adjustment(s) shall be conclusive and binding upon Participant and all persons
claiming under or through Participant or under the Plan or this Agreement.

     6.11. "Delegation": The Committee may delegate to one or more officers or
managers of the Corporation, or a committee of such officers or managers, the
authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall
determine, to: (a) grant Awards to participants under the Plan; (b) cancel,
modify, or waive rights with respect to participants under the Plan; or (c)
alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by participants under the
Plan; provided, however, that no such participant shall be an officer, director
or ten percent shareholder of the Corporation within the meaning of those terms
under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

     6.12. "Amendment": The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at
any time or from time to time, except that no amendment shall be effective
without shareholder approval if shareholder approval of such amendment,
suspension or termination would be required in order to ensure that the Plan, as
amended, would continue to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto. Except as may be
provided in this Agreement, the termination or any modification or amendment of
the Plan shall not, without the consent of Participant, affect Participant's
rights under an Award previously granted.

     6.13. "Effect on Other Plans": Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall
be construed to limit the right of the Corporation to establish any other forms
of incentives or compensation for employees of the Corporation in connection
with any proper corporate purpose.

     6.14. "Duration of the Agreement": This Agreement shall remain in effect
until all Awards under this Agreement either have been satisfied by the issuance
of Shares or the payment of cash, or have expired or been forfeited by their
terms.

     6.15. "Funding of the Plan": The Plan shall be unfunded. The Corporation
shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any
other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Award under the Plan or
this Agreement, and payment of Awards shall be subordinate to the claims of the
Corporation's general creditors.

     6.16. "Severability": If any provision of the Plan or this Agreement or any
Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any
Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be
construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so
construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee,
materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be
stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or Award, and the remainder of the
Plan and this Agreement and any such Award shall remain in full force and
effect.

     6.17. "Construction": Wherever any words are used in the Plan or this
Agreement in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were
also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and
wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed
as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would
so apply.

     6.18. "Headings": Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the
Plan and this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such
headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction
or interpretation of the Plan or this Agreement or any provision thereof.

     6.19. "Governing Law": The validity, construction and effect of the Plan
and this Agreement and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and this
Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania and applicable Federal law.

                                    AMP Incorporated

                            Dated___________________________

                            By______________________________

                    ********************************************

     Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this
Agreement, accepts his or her designation as a Participant under and subject to
all the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, and agrees to all
such terms and conditions.

                            Dated___________________________

                            ________________________________
                                      Participant




======================================================================
|                   Bonus Distributions Received                     |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
|    Bonus    | Stock Bonus |             | Supplemental| Participant|
| Computation |    Units    | Stock Bonus |  Cash Bonus |  Signature |
|    Date     |  Computed   |             |             |            |
|=============|=============|=============|=============|============|
|             |             |             |             |            |
|             |             |             |             |            |
|=============|=============|=============|=============|============|
|             |             |             |             |            |
|             |             |             |             |            |
|=============|=============|=============|=============|============|
|             |             |             |             |            |
|             |             |             |             |            |
|=============|=============|=============|=============|============|
|             |             |             |             |            |
|             |             |             |             |            |
|=============|=============|=============|=============|============|
 Rev 08/02/93


=================================================================




                                                                       
                         AMP Incorporated

                         General Offices

                     Harrisburg, Pennsylvania



        --------------------    **    --------------------



                       STOCK BONUS UNIT AND
                 SUPPLEMENTAL CASH BONUS AGREEMENT


                            Issued to



                 _________________________________
                           Participant







           
Dated___________________________________________________________










=================================================================




                                                           Schedule to
                                                           EX-10.B


     Agreements identical to the "AMP Incorporated Stock Bonus Unit and
Supplemental Cash Bonus Agreement" were entered into by the following executive
officers in July, 1993 for a specific number of Bonus Units that varies as to
each executive officer, with each such Bonus Unit having an Award Date of July
27, 1993 and a Designated Value of $57.75:


                                    David C. Cornelius


                                    Benjamin Savidge

                                                             EX-10.HH
                                                             --------

                                AMP Incorporated

                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     For the purpose of (a) encouraging key employees to acquire a proprietary
interest in the Common Stock of AMP Incorporated (the "Corporation"), thereby
aligning their interests with the interests of the shareholders, (b) providing
added incentive to key employees to contribute to the future growth and
profitability of the Corporation and (c) attracting and retaining exceptionally
qualified employees, the Corporation, pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), will
award Options to purchase Common Stock to certain participants.

     This Agreement, entered into pursuant to the terms of the Plan, evidences
that the Committee has designated ("Participant") as a participant under the
Plan, has awarded Nonqualified Stock Options to Participant, has designated as
the Award Date for such Options, has designated the sum of $ as the Exercise
Price applicable to each such Option, and has designated the period from to as
the Exercise Period applicable to such Options.

     The grant, holding, and exercise of such Nonqualified Stock Options shall
be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the following:


                             Article I. Definitions.

     1.1. "Agreement" means this "Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement" between
the Corporation and Participant.

     1.2. "Award" shall mean any grant of Nonqualified Stock Options made to
Participant under the Plan and this Agreement.

     1.3. "Award Date" means the date designated by the Committee as of which
Options are awarded to Participant under the Plan.

     1.4. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1.5. "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4
hereof.

     1.6. "Committee" means the committee of the Board as described in Section
2(h) of the Plan.

     1.7. "Common Stock" means common stock of the Corporation, no par value.

     1.8. "Competing Business" means, as applied to a particular period of time,
a business which at such time is engaged in the manufacture, sale or other
disposition of a product or products which is in competition to a product or
products of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, partnerships or joint ventures.

     1.9. "Corporation" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

     1.10. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1.11. "Exercise Period" means the period of time specified by the Committee
on the Award Date and set forth in the second paragraph of this Agreement within
which a Participant may exercise an Option, which period has been determined by
the Committee pursuant to the Plan, subject however to the Committee's exercise
of its discretion pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof and to the terms of Sections
3.1, 3.2 and 5.4 hereof.

     1.12. "Exercise Price" means the price specified by the Committee and set
forth in the second paragraph of this Agreement at which the Participant may
exercise an Option during the Exercise Period, which price has been determined
by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

     1.13. "Fair Market Value" means the closing sales price of a Share as
reflected on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the relevant date.

     1.14. "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "Option" means a right granted under
the Plan and this Agreement to purchase a single Share at a specified Exercise
Price within a specified Exercise Period, which right is not intended to be an
incentive stock option meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 or does not qualify as an incentive stock option.

     1.15. "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in the second
paragraph of this Agreement.

     1.16. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1.17. "Share" or "Shares" means a share or shares of Common Stock.

     1.18. "Termination of Employment" means the termination of employment by
the Corporation or by a subsidiary, but not the transfer of employment from the
Corporation to a subsidiary of the Corporation or vice versa or from one
subsidiary of the Corporation to another such subsidiary. If the Committee in
its sole discretion so determines, employment shall not be considered as
terminated for the purposes of Section 3.1 so long as Participant continues to
perform services for the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof on either a full or
part time basis either as an independent contractor or on a consulting basis or
otherwise, provided, however, that Participant during such period does not,
whether full time or part time, engage in or perform any services as an
employee, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, or otherwise for a
Competing Business.


                        Article II. Exercise of Options.

     2.1. "Person Eligible to Exercise": During Participant's lifetime, only
Participant or, in the event of disability, Participant's guardian or legal
representative may exercise an Option granted under the Plan. After the death of
Participant, any Options held by Participant prior to death that continue to be
exercisable may be exercised by Participant's personal representative or by any
person empowered to do so by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
The terms of the Plan and this Agreement, as well as the interpretations and
decisions of the Committee, shall be binding upon any such guardian, legal
representative, personal representative, or other person acting on behalf or in
lieu of the Participant.

     2.2. "Manner of Exercise": Participant may exercise an Option on any
business day of the Corporation within the Exercise Period by delivery to the
Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation's principal office, either by
mail, facsimile, or in person, of a properly completed notice of exercise, on a
form approved by the Secretary, together with full payment of the aggregate
Exercise Price and the Federal, state and local tax withholding obligation as
provided in Sections 2.3 and 5.1 hereof. The date such form is received by the
Secretary shall be the date of exercise. Such form shall specify the
Participant, Participant's Social Security number, the Award Date, the number of
the Options being exercised, the aggregate Exercise Price, and the manner in
which the Participant intends to satisfy the resultant tax withholding
obligation. The minimum number of Options that may be exercised at any one time
shall be 100 or, if less, the aggregate number of outstanding Options then
credited to Participant and exercisable. In the event the Option is being
exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 by any person other than Participant, such
person shall also submit at the time of exercise satisfactory proof of the right
of such person to exercise the Option.

     2.3. "Payment and Issuance": Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of
Options shall be paid for in full at the time of exercise, either in the form of
cash, Common Stock (whether by previously owned Shares or by having the
Corporation withhold a portion of the Shares to be received) having a value
based on Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate
Exercise Price, or in a combination thereof, as the Committee may determine. Any
election to have the Corporation withhold Shares to be received under the Plan
and this Agreement for the purpose of paying the Exercise Price will be subject
to such restrictions as the Committee, in its discretion, may hereafter
determine. A certificate for the net amount of Shares attributable to an
exercise shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable following payment
of the aggregate Exercise Price and all applicable withholding taxes.

     2.4. "Non-Registration": In the event the Shares to be issued hereunder
upon the exercise of an Option have not been registered under the Securities Act
or a registration is not then currently effective with respect to such Shares,
the Participant shall deliver to the Corporation, as a condition to the exercise
of any Option awarded under this Agreement, at the time of such exercise, a bona
fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the
Committee, signed by Participant or other person then entitled to exercise such
Option, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his or her own account,
for investment and without any present intention of distribution or reselling
said Shares, or any of them, except as may be permitted under the Securities Act
and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that Participant or
other person then entitled to exercise such Option will indemnify the
Corporation against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damages,
expense or liability resulting to the Corporation if any sale or distribution of
the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement
referred to above. The Committee may take whatever additional actions it
reasonably deems appropriate to ensure the observance and performance of such
representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Securities Act
and any other Federal or state securities laws or regulations, including but not
limited to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel
acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired
on an Option exercise does not violate the Securities Act, and may issue
stop-transfer orders covering such Shares. Share certificates evidencing Shares
issued on exercise of such Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to
the provisions of this Section and the agreements herein.


                     Article III. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. "Rights Upon Termination of Employment": In the event that Participant
experiences a Termination of Employment for any cause, all Options will
terminate immediately or as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.
In the event an Option is continued beyond a Termination of Employment, in no
event will it be continued beyond the end of the Exercise Period specified in
this Agreement.

     3.2. "Fulfillment of Conditions": Any extension by the Committee of the
term of an Option beyond the date of a Termination of Employment shall be
contingent on such conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
determine, including but not limited to the fulfillment of the conditions that:

     (a) Participant shall not, whether full time or part time, as an employee,
on a consulting or advisory basis or otherwise, engage in or perform any
services during the period between the date of Participant's Termination of
Employment and the date of Participant's exercise and payment of the extended
Option for a business which at such time shall be a Competing Business, nor
shall Participant at any time (i) disclose information relative to the business
of the Corporation and its subsidiaries which is confidential or (ii) otherwise
act or conduct himself in a manner which is inimical or contrary to the best
interest of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and

     (b) The Participant shall be available during the period between the date
of Participant's Termination of Employment and the date of Participant's
exercise and payment of the extended Option for such consulting and advisory
services as the Corporation or its subsidiaries may reasonably request, taking
fairly into consideration the age, health, residence and individual
circumstances of the Participant and the total value of the Options held by the
Participant under the Plan during the Exercise Period.

     In the event that any of such conditions shall not be fulfilled, the
obligations of the Corporation hereunder shall forthwith terminate, as shall the
extension of the terms of any Options hereunder; provided that any such
cancellation shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any of the rights or
remedies available to the Corporation or its subsidiaries arising out of
Participant's breach of any provision of this Agreement or the Plan. Ownership
as a passive investor of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
shares of the stock of any company listed on a national securities exchange or
having at least one hundred (100) shareholders of record shall not in itself be
deemed a nonfulfillment of the conditions herein set forth.

                       Article IV. Administration of Plan.

     4.1. "Committee": The Committee shall administer the Plan and this
Agreement in accordance with their provisions and shall have full and final
authority in its discretion to (a) interpret the provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement and decide all questions of fact arising in their application, and its
interpretations and decisions shall be in all respects final, conclusive and
binding; and (b) make all other determinations, rules and regulations necessary
or advisable for the administration of the Plan and this Agreement.
Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee
shall have the power to permit, in its discretion, an acceleration of any
previously determined Option exercise terms or to otherwise amend the terms of
an Option, under such circumstances and upon such modified or different terms
and conditions as it deems appropriate, subject, however, to the provisions of
the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action
or determination in respect to the administration of the Plan and this Agreement
if made in good faith.

                            Article V. Miscellaneous.

     5.1. "Withholding of Taxes": Whenever the Corporation proposes or is
required to issue or transfer Shares under the Plan and this Agreement, the
Corporation shall have the right to require Participant to remit to the
Corporation an amount sufficient to satisfy any Federal, state and/or local
withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or
certificates for such Shares. Withholding requirements may be satisfied by cash
payments or, at the election of Participant, by having the Corporation withhold
a portion of the Shares to be received, or by delivering previously owned
Shares, having a value equal to the amount to be withheld (or such portion
thereof as the Participant may elect). Any election to have Shares withheld
under this Section may be subject, in the Committee's discretion, to such
restrictions as the Committee may determine, including but not limited to one or
more of the following restrictions in accordance with Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act: (a) the election shall be irrevocable; (b) the election shall be
subject, in whole or in part, to the approval of the Committee and to such rules
as it may adopt; (c) the election must be made at least six months prior to the
transfer of Shares under the Plan and this Agreement; and (d) the election shall
be made during the time period specified in Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the
Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

     5.2. "Non-Alienation of Benefits": Prior to its settlement in the form of
Shares, no right or benefit under the Plan and this Agreement shall be subject
to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge,
and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or
charge the same whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, shall be
void except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by such other
means as the Committee may approve from time to time. No right or benefit under
the Plan and this Agreement shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the
debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled to such benefit.
If Participant should become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell,
assign, pledge, encumber or charge any right or benefit under the Plan and this
Agreement, then such right or benefit shall, in the sole discretion of the
Committee, cease and terminate, and in such event, the Corporation may hold or
apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of Participant, the
Participant's spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, in such
manner and in such proportion as the Committee may determine. Any restrictions
on transferability of the Shares either described above or otherwise provided
for in this Agreement may be referred to in legends contained on the
certificates evidencing such Shares.

     5.3. "Legal Holiday": If and when the date on which a computation or
distribution is to be made or other action is to be taken under the Plan or this
Agreement falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, such computation or
distribution shall be made or such other action taken on the next succeeding
business day.

     5.4 "Change in Control": For the purposes of this Section, "Change in
Control" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 10 of the Plan.
Notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, all Options granted under the Plan and this Agreement that
are unexercised and unexpired shall become immediately and automatically vested
for the period of their remaining terms, without any further action by the
Committee.

     5.5. "General Restrictions": The Plan and each Award under the Plan and
this Agreement and the issuance or purchase of Shares in connection therewith
shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall
determine that the Plan, this Agreement, an Award under the Plan and this
Agreement or the issuance or purchase of Shares in connection therewith requires
or it is desirable that it has (a) the listing, registration or qualification of
the Shares subject or related to the Plan upon any securities exchange or under
any state or Federal law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, or (b) the
consent or approval of any government regulatory body, or (c) an agreement by
the recipient of an Award with respect to the disposition of Shares, then the
Plan and this Agreement will not be effective and the Award may not be
consummated in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,
qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall have been effected or
obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

     5.6. "Rights of a Shareholder": The recipient of any Award under the Plan
and this Agreement, and any person claiming under or through such recipient or
under the Plan or this Agreement, shall not be, nor have any of the rights of, a
shareholder with respect thereto, nor shall they have any right or interest in
any cash or other property, unless and until certificates for Shares are issued
to such Participant after compliance with all the terms and conditions of the
Plan and this Agreement.

     5.7. "Rights to Terminate Employment": Nothing in the Plan or this
Agreement shall confer upon Participant the right to continue in the employment
of the Corporation, or to continue in any position or at any level of
remuneration, or affect any right which the Corporation may have to terminate
the employment of such Participant for any reason whatsoever, with or without
good cause.

     5.8. "Management, Accounting and Financial Decisions": Nothing in the Plan
or this Agreement shall affect the authority of the management of the
Corporation to make management, business, accounting and financial decisions
concerning the Corporation.

     5.9. "Non-Uniform Determinations": The Committee's determinations under the
Plan (including without limitation determinations of the persons to receive
Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of
such Awards and the agreements evidencing same, and the establishment of values
and performance targets) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee
selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under
the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

     5.10. "Adjustments": In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares
by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or the like, the
Committee shall adjust the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under
the Plan and shall provide for an equitable adjustment of any outstanding and
unexercised Award or any Shares issuable pursuant to an outstanding and
unexercised Award under the Plan and this Agreement, to the end that after such
event the Participant's proportionate interest shall be maintained as before the
occurrence of such event. The decision of the Committee with respect to the
nature and amount of the adjustment(s) shall be conclusive and binding upon
Participant and all persons claiming under or through Participant or under the
Plan or this Agreement.

     5.11. "Delegation": The Committee may delegate to one or more officers or
managers of the Corporation, or a committee of such officers or managers, the
authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall
determine, to: (a) grant Awards to participants under the Plan; (b) cancel,
modify, or waive rights with respect to participants under the Plan; or (c)
alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by participants under the
Plan; provided, however, that no such participant shall be an officer, director
or ten percent shareholder of the Corporation within the meaning of those terms
under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

     5.12. "Amendment": The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at
any time or from time to time, except that no amendment shall be effective
without shareholder approval if shareholder approval of such amendment,
suspension or termination would be required in order to ensure that the Plan, as
amended, would continue to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto. Except as may be
provided in this Agreement, the termination or any modification or amendment of
the Plan shall not, without the consent of Participant, affect Participant's
rights under an Award previously granted.

     5.13. "Effect on Other Plans": Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall
be construed to limit the right of the Corporation to establish any other forms
of incentives or compensation for employees of the Corporation or to grant or
assume options otherwise than under the Plan or this Agreement in connection
with any proper corporate purpose.

     5.14. "Duration of the Agreement": This Agreement shall remain in effect
until all Awards under this Agreement either have been satisfied by the issuance
of Shares or have expired or been forfeited by their terms.

     5.15. "Funding of the Plan": The Plan shall be unfunded. The Corporation
shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any
other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Award under the Plan or
this Agreement, and payment of Awards shall be subordinate to the claims of the
Corporation's general creditors.

     5.16. "Severability": If any provision of the Plan or this Agreement or any
Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any
Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be
construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so
construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee,
materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be
stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or Award, and the remainder of the
Plan and this Agreement and any such Award shall remain in full force and
effect.

     5.17. "Construction": Wherever any words are used in the Plan or this
Agreement in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were
also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and
wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed
as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would
so apply.

     5.18. "Headings": Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the
Plan and this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such
headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction
or interpretation of the Plan or this Agreement or any provision thereof.

     5.19. "Governing Law": The validity, construction and effect of the Plan
and this Agreement and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and this
Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania and applicable Federal law.


                                AMP Incorporated

                         Dated____________________________

                         By_______________________________            

 
                      ******************************************

     Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this
Agreement, accepts his or her designation as a Participant under and subject to
all the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, and agrees to all
such terms and conditions.


                         Dated____________________________

                         _________________________________
                                   Participant



       
=====================================================================
                                                                       
              


                                                                       
                          AMP Incorporated
 
                          General Offices

                      Harrisburg, Pennsylvania



        ---------------------   **    --------------------



                            NONQUALIFIED
                       STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT



                             Issued to




                  _________________________________
                             Participant





          
Dated___________________________________________________________







     
=====================================================================



                                                                       
                                                           Schedule to
                                                           EX-10.C



     Agreements identical to the "AMP Incorporated Nonqualified Stock Option
Agreement" were entered into by the following executive officers in July, 1993
for a specific member of Nonqualified Stock Options that varies as to each
executive officer, with each such option having an Award Date of July 27, 1993;
an Exercise Price of $60.50; and an Exercise Period from July 27, 1996 to July
27, 2003:

                    David C. Cornelius
                    Ted L. Dalrymple
                    Charles W. Goonrey
                    Jean Gorjat
                    Philip G. Guarneschelli
                    John E. Gurski
                    Javad K. Hassan
                    William J. Hudson
                    James E. Marley
                    Joseph C. Overbaugh
                    Benjamin Savidge
                    Gerhard M. Schmidt
                    Merrill A. Yohe



                                                            EX-10.II
                                                            --------

                                AMP Incorporated

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     For the purpose of (a) encouraging key employees to acquire a proprietary
interest in the Common Stock of AMP Incorporated (the "Corporation"), thereby
aligning their interests with the interests of the shareholders, (b) providing
added incentive to key employees to contribute to the future growth and
profitability of the Corporation and (c) attracting and retaining exceptionally
qualified employees, the Corporation, pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the AMP Incorporated 1993 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), will
award Options to purchase Common Stock to certain participants.

     This Agreement, entered into pursuant to the terms of the Plan, evidences
that the Committee has designated ("Participant") as a participant under the
Plan, has awarded Incentive Stock Options to Participant, has designated as the
Award Date for such Options, has designated the sum of $ as the Exercise Price
applicable to each such Option, and has designated the period from to as the
Exercise Period applicable to such Options.

     The grant, holding, and exercise of such Incentive Stock Options shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the following:


                             Article I. Definitions.

     1.1. "Agreement" means this "Incentive Stock Option Agreement" between the
Corporation and Participant.

     1.2. "Award" shall mean any grant of Incentive Stock Options made to
Participant under the Plan and this Agreement.

     1.3. "Award Date" means the date designated by the Committee as of which
Options are awarded to Participant under the Plan.

     1.4. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1.5. "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4
hereof.

     1.6. "Committee" means the committee of the Board as described in Section
2(h) of the Plan.

     1.7. "Common Stock" means common stock of the Corporation, no par value.

     1.8. "Competing Business" means, as applied to a particular period of time,
a business which at such time is engaged in the manufacture, sale or other
disposition of a product or products which is in competition to a product or
products of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, partnerships or joint ventures.

     1.9. "Corporation" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

     1.10. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1.11. "Exercise Period" means the period of time specified by the Committee
on the Award Date and set forth in the second paragraph of this Agreement within
which a Participant may exercise an Option, which period has been determined by
the Committee pursuant to the Plan, subject however to the Committee's exercise
of its discretion pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof and to the terms of Sections
3.1, 3.2, 4.1(c) and 6.4 hereof.

     1.12. "Exercise Price" means the price specified by the Committee and set
forth in the second paragraph of this Agreement at which the Participant may
exercise an Option during the Exercise Period, which price has been determined
by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

     1.13. "Fair Market Value" means the closing sales price of a Share as
reflected on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the relevant date.

     1.14. "Incentive Stock Option" or "Option" means a right granted under the
Plan and this Agreement to purchase a single Share at a specified Exercise Price
within a specified Exercise Period, which right is intended to meet the
requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any
successor provision thereto, as further described in Section 4.1.

     1.15. "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option granted under the Plan
that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

     1.16. "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in the second
paragraph of this Agreement.

     1.17. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1.18. "Share" or "Shares" means a share or shares of Common Stock.

     1.19. "Termination of Employment" means the termination of employment by
the Corporation or by a subsidiary, but not the transfer of employment from the
Corporation to a subsidiary of the Corporation or vice versa or from one
subsidiary of the Corporation to another such subsidiary. If the Committee in
its sole discretion so determines, employment shall not be considered as
terminated for the purposes of Section 3.1 so long as Participant continues to
perform services for the Corporation or a subsidiary thereof on either a full or
part time basis either as an independent contractor or on a consulting basis or
otherwise, provided, however, that Participant during such period does not,
whether full time or part time, engage in or perform any services as an
employee, independent contractor, consultant, advisor, or otherwise for a
Competing Business.

                        Article II. Exercise of Options.

     2.1. "Person Eligible to Exercise": During Participant's lifetime, only
Participant or, in the event of disability, Participant's guardian or legal
representative may exercise an Option granted under the Plan. After the death of
Participant, any Options held by Participant prior to death that continue to be
exercisable may be exercised by Participant's personal representative or by any
person empowered to do so by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
The terms of the Plan and this Agreement, as well as the interpretations and
decisions of the Committee, shall be binding upon any such guardian, legal
representative, personal representative, or other person acting on behalf of or
in lieu of the Participant.

     2.2. "Manner of Exercise": Participant may exercise an Option on any
business day of the Corporation within the Exercise Period by delivery to the
Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation's principal office, either by
mail, facsimile, or in person, of a properly completed notice of exercise, on a
form approved by the Secretary, together with full payment of the aggregate
Exercise Price and the Federal, state and local tax withholding obligation as
provided in Sections 2.3 and 6.1 hereof. The date such form is received by the
Secretary shall be the date of exercise. Such form shall specify the
Participant, Participant's Social Security number, the Award Date, the number of
the Options being exercised, the aggregate Exercise Price, and the manner in
which the Participant intends to satisfy the resultant tax withholding
obligation. The minimum number of Options that may be exercised at any one time
shall be 100 or, if less, the aggregate number of outstanding Options then
credited to Participant and exercisable. In the event the Option is being
exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 by any person other than Participant, such
person shall also submit at the time of exercise satisfactory proof of the right
of such person to exercise the Option.


     2.3. "Payment and Issuance": Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of
Options shall be paid for in full at the time of exercise, either in the form of
cash, Common Stock (whether by previously owned Shares or by having the
Corporation withhold a portion of the Shares to be received) having a value
based on Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate
Exercise Price, or in a combination thereof, as the Committee may determine. Any
election to have the Corporation withhold Shares to be received under the Plan
and this Agreement for the purpose of paying the Exercise Price will be subject
to such restrictions as the Committee, in its discretion, may hereafter
determine. A certificate for the net amount of Shares attributable to an
exercise shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable following payment
of the aggregate Exercise Price and all applicable withholding taxes.

     2.4. "Non-Registration": In the event the Shares to be issued hereunder
upon the exercise of an Option have not been registered under the Securities Act
or a registration is not then currently effective with respect to such Shares,
the Participant shall deliver to the Corporation, as a condition to the exercise
of any Option awarded under this Agreement, at the time of such exercise, a bona
fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the
Committee, signed by Participant or other person then entitled to exercise such
Option, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his or her own account,
for investment and without any present intention of distribution or reselling
said Shares, or any of them, except as may be permitted under the Securities Act
and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and that Participant or
other person then entitled to exercise such Option will indemnify the
Corporation against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damages,
expense or liability resulting to the Corporation if any sale or distribution of
the Shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement
referred to above. The Committee may take whatever additional actions it
reasonably deems appropriate to ensure the observance and performance of such
representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Securities Act
and any other Federal or state securities laws or regulations, including but not
limited to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel
acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of Shares acquired
on an Option exercise does not violate the Securities Act, and may issue
stop-transfer orders covering such Shares. Share certificates evidencing Shares
issued on exercise of such Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to
the provisions of this Section and the agreements herein.


                     Article III. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. "Rights Upon Termination of Employment": In the event that Participant
experiences a Termination of Employment for any cause, all Options will
terminate immediately or as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.
In the event an Option is continued beyond a Termination of Employment, in no
event will it be continued beyond the end of the Exercise Period specified in
this Agreement; Options that are extended beyond the restrictions of Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any successor provision thereto, shall
be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.

     3.2. "Fulfillment of Conditions": Any extension by the Committee of the
term of an Option beyond the date of a Termination of Employment shall be
contingent on such conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
determine, including but not limited to the fulfillment of the conditions that:

     (a) Participant shall not, whether full time or part time, as an employee,
on a consulting or advisory basis or otherwise, engage in or perform any
services during the period between the date of Participant's Termination of
Employment and the date of Participant's exercise and payment of the extended
Option for a business which at such time shall be a Competing Business, nor
shall Participant at any time (i) disclose information relative to the business
of the Corporation and its subsidiaries which is confidential or (ii) otherwise
act or conduct himself in a manner which is inimical or contrary to the best
interest of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and

     (b) The Participant shall be available during the period between the date
of Participant's Termination of Employment and the date of Participant's
exercise and payment of the extended Option for such consulting and advisory
services as the Corporation or its subsidiaries may reasonably request, taking
fairly into consideration the age, health, residence and individual
circumstances of the Participant and the total value of the Options held by the
Participant under the Plan during the Exercise Period.

     In the event that any of such conditions shall not be fulfilled, the
obligations of the Corporation hereunder shall forthwith terminate, as shall the
extension of the terms of any Options hereunder; provided that any such
cancellation shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any of the rights or
remedies available to the Corporation or its subsidiaries arising out of
Participant's breach of any provision of this Agreement or the Plan. Ownership
as a passive investor of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
shares of the stock of any company listed on a national securities exchange or
having at least one hundred (100) shareholders of record shall not in itself be
deemed a nonfulfillment of the conditions herein set forth.

                Article IV. Incentive Stock Option Restrictions.

     4.1. "Limitations": In order for the Options awarded hereunder to qualify
as Incentive Stock Options, the following terms and conditions shall be
applicable:

     (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate Fair
Market Value (determined as of the time the Options are granted) of the Shares
attributable to Incentive Stock Options that may become first exercisable in any
calendar year by Participant shall not exceed $100,000; Options exercised in
excess of $100,000 in a given year shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock
Options.

     (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Incentive Stock
Option shall be granted to Participant if at the time the Option is to be
granted Participant owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation unless at the
time such Option is granted the Exercise Price is at least 110 percent of the
Fair Market Value of a Share and such Option by its terms is not exercisable
after the expiration of five years from the Award Date.

     (c) The Committee may require Participant to give the Corporation prompt
notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock
Option if such disposition occurs within 2 years from the Award Date of such
Option or 1 year from the date of transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such
notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the
amount realized (whether in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or
other consideration) by Participant in such transaction. These requirements to
give prompt notice of disposition may be referred to in legends contained on the
certificates evidencing such Shares.

     4.2. "Failure to Qualify": It is the intent of the Committee that all
options granted hereunder qualify as of the Award Date as Incentive Stock
Options. Nevertheless, if for whatever reason an Option awarded pursuant hereto
fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to
qualify for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option, such Option shall be
exercisable by Participant as a Nonqualified Stock Option. With Participant's
consent, the Committee may amend the terms of this Agreement and the Award made
hereunder in order to provide that said Award qualifies as Incentive Stock
Options.

                       Article V. Administration of Plan.

     5.1. "Committee": The Committee shall administer the Plan and this
Agreement in accordance with their provisions and shall have full and final
authority in its discretion to (a) interpret the provisions of the Plan and this
Agreement and decide all questions of fact arising in their application, and its
interpretation and decisions shall be in all respects final, conclusive and
binding; and (b) make all other determinations, rules and regulations necessary
or advisable for the administration of the Plan and this Agreement.
Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Committee
shall have the power to permit, in its discretion, an acceleration of any
previously determined Option exercise terms or to otherwise amend the terms of
an Option, under such circumstances and upon such modified or different terms
and conditions as it deems appropriate, subject, however, to the provisions of
the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action
or determination in respect to the administration of the Plan and this Agreement
if made in good faith.

                           Article VI. Miscellaneous.

     6.1. "Withholding of Taxes": Whenever the Corporation proposes or is
required to issue or transfer Shares under the Plan and this Agreement, the
Corporation shall have the right to require Participant to remit to the
Corporation an amount sufficient to satisfy any Federal, state and/or local
withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or
certificates for such Shares. Withholding requirements may be satisfied by cash
payments or, at the election of Participant, by having the Corporation withhold
a portion of the Shares to be received, or by delivering previously owned
Shares, having a value equal to the amount to be withheld (or such portion
thereof as the Participant may elect). Any election to have Shares withheld
under this Section may be subject, in the Committee's discretion, to such
restrictions as the Committee may determine, including but not limited to one or
more of the following restrictions in accordance with Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act: (a) the election shall be irrevocable; (b) the election shall be
subject, in whole or in part, to the approval of the Committee and to such rules
as it may adopt; (c) the election must be made at least six months prior to the
transfer of Shares under the Plan and this Agreement; and (d) the election shall
be made during the time period specified in Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the
Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

     6.2. "Non-Alienation of Benefits": Prior to its settlement in the form of
Shares, no right or benefit under the Plan and this Agreement shall be subject
to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge,
and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or
charge the same whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, shall be
void except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by such other
means as the Committee may approve from time to time. No right or benefit under
the Plan and this Agreement shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the
debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled to such benefit.
If Participant should become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell,
assign, pledge, encumber or charge any right or benefit under the Plan and this
Agreement, then such right or benefit shall, in the sole discretion of the
Committee, cease and terminate, and in such event, the Corporation may hold or
apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of Participant, the
Participant's spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, in such
manner and in such proportion as the Committee may determine. Any restrictions
on transferability of the Shares either described above or otherwise provided
for in this Agreement may be referred to in legends contained on the
certificates evidencing such Shares.

     6.3. "Legal Holiday": If and when the date on which a computation or
distribution is to be made or other action is to be taken under the Plan or this
Agreement falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday, such computation or
distribution shall be made or such other action taken on the next succeeding
business day.

     6.4 "Change in Control": For the purposes of this Section, "Change in
Control" shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 10 of the Plan.
Notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, all Options granted under the Plan and this Agreement that
are unexercised and unexpired shall become immediately and automatically vested
for the period of their remaining terms, without any further action by the
Committee.

     6.5. "General Restrictions": The Plan and each Award under the Plan and
this Agreement and the issuance or purchase of Shares in connection therewith
shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall
determine that the Plan, this Agreement, an Award under the Plan and this
Agreement or the issuance or purchase of Shares in connection therewith requires
or it is desirable that it has (a) the listing, registration or qualification of
the Shares subject or related to the Plan upon any securities exchange or under
any state or Federal law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, or (b) the
consent or approval of any government regulatory body, or (c) an agreement by
the recipient of an Award with respect to the disposition of Shares, then the
Plan and this Agreement will not be effective and the Award may not be
consummated in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,
qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall have been effected or
obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

     6.6. "Rights of a Shareholder": The recipient of any Award under the Plan
and this Agreement, and any person claiming under or through such recipient or
under the Plan or this Agreement, shall not be, nor have any of the rights of, a
shareholder with respect thereto, nor shall they have any right or interest in
any cash or other property, unless and until certificates for Shares are issued
to such Participant after compliance with all the terms and conditions of the
Plan and this Agreement.

     6.7. "Rights to Terminate Employment": Nothing in the Plan or this
Agreement shall confer upon Participant the right to continue in the employment
of the Corporation, or to continue in any position or at any level of
remuneration, or affect any right which the Corporation may have to terminate
the employment of such Participant for any reason whatsoever, with or without
good cause.

     6.8. "Management, Accounting and Financial Decisions": Nothing in the Plan
or this Agreement shall affect the authority of the management of the
Corporation to make management, business, accounting and financial decisions
concerning the Corporation.

     6.9. "Non-Uniform Determinations": The Committee's determinations under the
Plan (including without limitation determinations of the persons to receive
Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of
such Awards and the agreements evidencing same, and the establishment of values
and performance targets) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee
selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under
the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

     6.10. "Adjustments": In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares
by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or the like, the
Committee shall adjust the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under
the Plan and shall provide for an equitable adjustment of any outstanding and
unexercised Award or any Shares issuable pursuant to an outstanding and
unexercised Award under the Plan and this Agreement, to the end that after such
event the Participant's proportionate interest shall be maintained as before the
occurrence of such event. The decision of the Committee with respect to the
nature and amount of the adjustment(s) shall be conclusive and binding upon
Participant and all persons claiming under or through Participant or under the
Plan or this Agreement.

     6.11. "Delegation": The Committee may delegate to one or more officers or
managers of the Corporation, or a committee of such officers or managers, the
authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall
determine, to: (a) grant Awards to participants under the Plan; (b) cancel,
modify, or waive rights with respect to participants under the Plan; or (c)
alter, discontinue, suspend, or terminate Awards held by participants under the
Plan; provided, however, that no such participant shall be an officer, director
or ten percent shareholder of the Corporation within the meaning of those terms
under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

     6.12. "Amendment": The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at
any time or from time to time, except that no amendment shall be effective
without shareholder approval if shareholder approval of such amendment,
suspension or termination would be required in order to ensure that the Plan, as
amended, would continue to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto. Except as may be
provided in this Agreement, the termination or any modification or amendment of
the Plan shall not, without the consent of Participant, affect Participant's
rights under an Award previously granted.

     6.13. "Effect on Other Plans": Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall
be construed to limit the right of the Corporation to establish any other forms
of incentives or compensation for employees of the Corporation or to grant or
assume options otherwise than under the Plan or this Agreement in connection
with any proper corporate purpose.

     6.14. "Duration of the Agreement": This Agreement shall remain in effect
until all Awards under this Agreement either have been satisfied by the issuance
of Shares or have expired or been forfeited by their terms.

     6.15. "Funding of the Plan": The Plan shall be unfunded. The Corporation
shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any
other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Award under the Plan or
this Agreement, and payment of Awards shall be subordinate to the claims of the
Corporation's general creditors.

     6.16. "Severability": If any provision of the Plan or this Agreement or any
Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any
Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be
construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so
construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee,
materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be
stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or Award, and the remainder of the
Plan and this Agreement and any such Award shall remain in full force and
effect.

     6.17. "Construction": Wherever any words are used in the Plan or this
Agreement in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were
also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and
wherever any words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed
as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would
so apply.

     6.18. "Headings": Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the
Plan and this Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such
headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction
or interpretation of the Plan or this Agreement or any provision thereof.

     6.19. "Governing Law": The validity, construction and effect of the Plan
and this Agreement and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and this
Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania and applicable Federal law.

      
                                    AMP Incorporated
 
                             Dated____________________________        

                             By_______________________________
 
    
                  ******************************************

     Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this
Agreement, accepts his or her designation as a Participant under and subject to
all the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, and agrees to all
such terms and conditions.


                                    AMP Incorporated
 
                             Dated____________________________        

                             _________________________________
                                      Participant


     
=====================================================================
  
                                                                       
                                                                       
                         AMP Incorporated

                         General Offices

                     Harrisburg, Pennsylvania



      --------------------    **    --------------------



                        INCENTIVE STOCK
                        OPTION AGREEMENT



                           Issued to



               _________________________________
                           Participant





      
Dated___________________________________________________________








      
=====================================================================




                                                          Schedule to
                                                          EX-10.D




     Agreements identical to the "AMP Incorporated Incentive Stock Option
Agreement" were entered into by the following executive officers in July, 1993
for a specific number of Incentive Stock Options that varies as to each
executive officer, with each such option having an Award Date of July 27, 1993;
an Exercise Price of $60.50; and an Exercise Period from July 27, 1996 to July
27, 2003:

                     David C. Cornelius
                     Ted L. Dalrymple
                     Charles W. Goonrey
                     Jean Gorjat
                     Philip G. Guarneschelli
                     John E. Gurski
                     Javad K. Hassan
                     William J. Hudson
                     James E. Marley
                     Joseph C. Overbaugh
                     Benjamin Savidge
                     Gerhard M. Schmidt
                     Merrill A. Yohe
    
                                                                      EX-13
                                                                      -----

AlliedSignal Corporation v AMP Incorporated, Civil Action No. 98-CV-4058
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     On August 4, 1998, AlliedSignal filed a complaint against AMP in the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. In its initial
complaint, AlliedSignal sought a declaratory judgment as to, among other things,
the applicability and/or validity of the Continuing Director provisions
contained in AMP's Rights Agreement and the constitutionality of certain
provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law under the Commerce
Clause and Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution. In addition,
AlliedSignal sought to enjoin AMP from, among other things, (i) fixing a record
date for determining the shareholders entitled to vote on the proposals in the
AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation more than ten days after the date of
AlliedSignal's written notice requesting that a record date be set; (ii)
increasing the size of AMP's Board and filling the new seats with Board nominees
after commencement of the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation; (iii) refusing to
redeem the Rights issued under AMP's Rights Agreement or amending the Rights
Agreement so as to make the Rights inapplicable to the Original AlliedSignal
Offer, and refusing to grant prior approval of the Original AlliedSignal Offer
and second-step merger for purposes of the Pennsylvania Business Combination
Statute; (iv) amending its By-laws to in any way impede the effective exercise
of the shareholder franchise; or (v) taking any steps to impede or frustrate the
ability of AMP's shareholders to consider or make their own determination as to
whether to accept the terms of the Original AlliedSignal Offer and the proposals
in the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation, or taking any other action to thwart
or interfere with the Original AlliedSignal Offer or the AlliedSignal Consent
Solicitation.

     On August 24, 1998, AMP filed its answer to the complaint filed by
AlliedSignal on August 4, 1998 in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania. In its answer, AMP denied that AlliedSignal is
entitled to any relief under its complaint and raised several affirmative
defenses.

     On September 14, 1998, AlliedSignal filed a motion to amend its complaint.
The proposed amended complaint sought (i) declaratory and injunctive relief
declaring Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement ("Amendment No. 3"), approved
by the Board on August 20, 1998, to be invalid under Pennsylvania law; or to the
extent that Amendment No. 3 is permitted under Pennsylvania law, declaring the
law as so applied unconstitutional under the Supremacy and Commerce Clauses of
the United States Constitution and (ii) declaratory and injunctive relief
prohibiting AMP's Board from taking any further action which might interfere
with the Amended AlliedSignal Offer (as defined in Note 5 to Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements) or the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation. AMP
agreed not to oppose AlliedSignal's motion to amend the complaint. On the same
day, AlliedSignal also filed a motion for (1) partial summary judgment on the
claim for a declaratory judgment set forth in the amended complaint that
Amendment No. 3 is invalid, or, in the alternative, a preliminary injunction
restraining enforcement of Amendment No. 3; and (2) a preliminary injunction
prohibiting AMP's Board from taking any action that would make the shareholder
vote on the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation invalid.

     On September 18, 1998, AlliedSignal filed a cross-motion for summary
judgment which sought the dismissal, as a matter of law, of the claim in the
complaint filed by AMP against AlliedSignal and PMA alleging an improper board
packing scheme. AMP's claims against AlliedSignal are discussed below.

     On September 22, 1998, AlliedSignal filed a motion for leave to file a
second amended complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania. The proposed second amended complaint sought to
broaden AlliedSignal's claim regarding AMP's Amendment No. 3 to the Rights
Agreement to incorporate a challenge to AMP's Amendment No. 4 to the Rights
Agreement ("Amendment No. 4"). Among other things, it sought (i) a declaratory
judgment that certain provisions of Amendment No. 4 which make the Shareholder
Rights Plan non-amendable are in violation of Pennsylvania law, (ii) a
declaratory judgment that, to the extent that Pennsylvania law authorizes the
amendment, such law is unconstitutional under the Supremacy Clause of the United
States Constitution because it violates the Commerce Clause and the Williams
Act, (iii) an order enjoining the enforcement of Amendment No. 4, and (iv) an
order enjoining AMP and all persons acting on AMP's behalf from taking action to
interfere with the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation. AlliedSignal also sought
summary judgment with respect to its expanded claim regarding AMP's amendments
to the Rights Plan.

     College Retirement Equities Fund and the shareholder group plaintiffs
(identified below) filed amicus curiae motions and briefs in support of
AlliedSignal's motion for declaratory and injunctive relief on September 25,
1998.

     On September 25, 1998, AlliedSignal filed a motion for leave to file a
third amended complaint, which was granted by the United States District Court
for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. Adding to the claims asserted in its
earlier complaints, AlliedSignal's proposed third amended complaint challenged
the November 16, 1998 record date set by AMP's Board of Directors for the
solicitation of consents regarding the Rights Plan Proposal (as defined in Note
5 to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements). AlliedSignal asked the Court
either to fix a record date of October 15, 1998 for the consent solicitation on
the Rights Plan Proposal or to order AMP to fix October 15, 1998 as the record
date for that proposal. As described below, the Court has denied AlliedSignal's
request to fix October 15, 1998 as the record date for the Rights Plan Proposal
and subsequently found the Rights Plan Proposal to be unlawful.


Blum v William J. Hudson, Jr. et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4109;
Silver v AMP Incorporated et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4120;
Goldstein v AMP Incorporated, et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4127;
Margolis Partnership v AMP Incorporated, et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4187
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Four purported shareholder class action lawsuits were filed by AMP
shareholders against AMP and its Board of Directors in the United States
District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on or about August 6 and
7, 1998. These complaints alleged similar acts of misconduct, i.e., that AMP and
its directors improperly refused to consider the Original AlliedSignal Offer (as
defined in Note 5 to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements) and wrongfully
relied upon provisions of AMP's Rights Agreement and the Pennsylvania Business
Corporation Law to block the Original AlliedSignal Offer. Plaintiffs in these
suits sought, among other things, a declaratory judgment that (i) the Continuing
Director provisions contained in AMP's Rights Agreement violate Pennsylvania law
and the Board's fiduciary duties; (ii) certain provisions of the Pennsylvania
Business Corporation Law are unconstitutional under the Commerce, Supremacy and
Due Process Clauses of the United States Constitution; and (iii) establishes the
proper record date for the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation. In addition,
plaintiffs sought to enjoining AMP and the Board from, among other things, (i)
refusing to redeem the Rights, to amend the Rights Agreement so as to eliminate
the Continuing Director provisions, or to render the Rights inapplicable to the
Original AlliedSignal Offer and second-step merger for purposes of the
Pennsylvania Business Combination Law; (ii) amending AMP's By-laws to impede the
effective exercise of the shareholder franchise; (iii) taking any other steps to
impede or frustrate the ability of AMP's shareholders to consider or make their
own determination as to whether to accept the terms of the Original AlliedSignal
Offer or the proposals in the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation; (iv) increasing
the size of AMP's Board and filing the new seats with Board nominees after
commencement of the AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation; and (v) fixing a record
date for determining the shareholders entitled to vote on the proposals in the
AlliedSignal Consent Solicitation more than ten days after the date of
AlliedSignal's written notice to AMP. Plaintiffs further request that the Court
order AMP's Board to (i) cooperate fully with any entity or person, including
AlliedSignal, having a bonafide interest in proposing any transaction that would
maximize shareholder value; (ii) immediately undertake an appropriate evaluation
of AMP's worth as a merger or acquisition candidate; (iii) take all appropriate
steps to effectively expose AMP to the marketplace in an effort to create an
active auction of AMP; (iv) act independently so that the interests of AMP's
public shareholders will be protected; and (v) adequately ensure that no
conflicts of interest exist between the individual defendants' own interest and
their fiduciary obligations. On August 19, 1998, the Court ordered the
consolidation of the four shareholder actions, and further ordered that the
consolidated action be coordinated with the AlliedSignal action for purposes of
discovery.

     On September 28, 1998, the shareholder plaintiffs filed their First
Consolidated Class Action Amended Complaint. The consolidated amended complaint
names as defendants AMP, all but one of the individual members of AMP's Board of
Directors and eighteen of AMP's officers. The complaint alleged (i) violations
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for failure to set forth an
adequate explanation of the reasons for recommending rejection of the
AlliedSignal tender offer in AMP's Solicitation Recommendation Statement on
Schedule 14D-9 filed by AMP in connection with the AlliedSignal tender offer and
for failing to disclose material information regarding the reasons for
rejection; (ii) that Amendments Nos. 3 and 4 to the Rights Agreement adopted by
the Board of Directors are illegal under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation
Law; and (iii) that if Amendments Nos. 3 and 4 to the Rights Agreement are not
illegal under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, then that statute
violates the Commerce, Supremacy and Due Process clauses of the United States
Constitution. The Plaintiffs sought, among other things, a declaratory judgment
(i) that certain provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law are
unconstitutional; (ii) that Amendments Nos. 3 and 4 to the Rights Agreement
violate the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and should be enjoined; (iii)
that the individual defendants have infringed the voting rights of AMP
shareholders; and (iv) that the individual defendants have violated their
fiduciary duties to AMP, Plaintiffs also sought to enjoin the defendants from
entrenching themselves in office and from impairing the shareholders' rights to
vote on certain matters, and ask the Court to order defendants to disclose all
material facts relating to AMP's and AlliedSignal's solicitations.

     AMP intends to continue to defend vigorously against these actions.


AMP Incorporated v AlliedSignal Corporation, et al., Civil Action No. 98-CV-4405
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     On August 21, 1998, AMP filed a complaint in the United States District
Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against AlliedSignal and PMA. The
complaint sought declaratory and injunctive relief to prevent AlliedSignal from
pursuing its attempt to pack the AMP Board of Directors with AlliedSignal
executive officers and directors who would have an irreconcilable conflict of
interest were they to serve as directors of AMP. The complaint alleged that the
Schedule 14D-1 filed by AlliedSignal and PMA with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is false and misleading because it fails to disclose that
AlliedSignal's representatives on the AMP Board of Directors would have a
conflict of interest and how AlliedSignal would propose to deal with such
conflict, and that AlliedSignal's attempt to pack the Board would prevent the
current members of the Board from fulfilling their fiduciary duties to AMP under
Pennsylvania law.

     On September 11, 1998, AMP filed a motion for summary judgment on the
Second Claim for Relief of its complaint against AlliedSignal and PMA. The
Second Claim for Relief is based upon the fact that AlliedSignal's attempt to
pack the AMP Board with AlliedSignal's directors and senior management would
create pervasive, irreconcilable conflicts of interest. The AlliedSignal
Nominees have an undivided duty of loyalty to AlliedSignal that would conflict
with their ability to fulfill their fiduciary duties to AMP under Pennsylvania
law. AMP's motion sought an order declaring that the AlliedSignal Consent
Solicitation proposals are in violation of Pennsylvania law.

     On September 22, 1998, AMP filed an amended complaint against AlliedSignal
in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.
The amended complaint broadens the claims asserted by AMP in its initial
complaint. It seeks, among other things, (i) an order declaring that the
Pennsylvania Control-Share Acquisitions statute bars AlliedSignal from voting
any shares acquired pursuant to the Amended AlliedSignal Offer and (ii) a
declaratory judgment that AlliedSignal's Rights Plan Proposal, which purports to
delegate to non-directors authority relating to the Shareholder Rights Plan,
violates Pennsylvania law. In addition to seeking to enjoin the AlliedSignal
board packing plan referenced in the initial complaint, the amended complaint
also alleged violations of certain requirements of the federal securities laws
relating to tender offers.

     The Court heard arguments on AMP's and AlliedSignal's motions on September
28, 1998. The Court denied AlliedSignal's request to fix October 15, 1998 as the
record date for the Rights Plan Proposal.

     On October 8, 1998, the Court entered an Order and Memorandum Opinion in
the above-referenced actions. With respect to AMP's motion for partial summary
judgment in the nature of a declaratory judgment regarding the Second Claim for
Relief of AMP's Complaint that AlliedSignal's consent solicitation plans are
unlawful, the Court enjoined AlliedSignal's board-packing consent proposals,
"until [AlliedSignal] states unequivocally that its director nominees have a
fiduciary duty solely to AMP under Pennsylvania law and includes a statement
from each nominee affirmatively committing personally to that duty." Shortly
thereafter, AlliedSignal stated that each of the AlliedSignal Nominees had
provided AlliedSignal with a letter purporting to comply with the Court Opinion.
At a hearing held on October 15, 1998, the Court ruled that its injunction
against AlliedSignal's board-packing proposals would remain in place, pending a
new hearing set for October 21, 1998 to determine whether AlliedSignal has
complied with the Court's October 8th Order. On October 16, 1998, AMP filed a
motion under Rule 59(e) for reconsideration of that part of the Court's October
8th order which denied in part AMP's motion for summary judgment declaring that
AlliedSignal's consent solicitation is unlawful and in violation of public
policy. AlliedSignal's response to the Rule 59(e) motion was filed on October
20, 1998. The Court issued its order denying AMP's Rule 59(e) motion on October
22, 1998.

     In its October 8th Order, the Court denied AlliedSignal's motions for
summary judgment, preliminary injunction and declaratory judgment with respect
to the Rights Plan in their entirety. The Court held that "AMP's actions in
amending its shareholder rights plan cannot be enjoined as ultra vires acts or
breaches of fiduciary duty." In addition, the Court declared that AlliedSignal's
consent proposal to amend AMP's By-laws in order to place the Board of
Directors' authority over the shareholders rights plan in the hands of persons
not on the Board is unlawful.

     The Court further held that shareholders participating in the shareholders'
litigation against AMP, in re: AMP Shareholder Litigation, do not have standing
to seek an injunction against the actions of the AMP Board for not acceding to
AlliedSignal's merger proposal.

     On October 9, 1998, AlliedSignal filed two Notices of Appeal in the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania from the Court's
October 8th Order. AlliedSignal is appealing the Court's (1) grant of partial
summary judgment to AMP in the nature of a declaratory judgment that
AlliedSignal's Rights Plan Proposal is unlawful; (2) order enjoining
AlliedSignal's consent solicitation to amend AMP's By-laws and expand the size
of the Board until AlliedSignal states unequivocally that its director nominees
have a fiduciary duty solely to AMP under Pennsylvania law and includes a
statement from each nominee affirmatively committing personally to that duty and
(3) denial of a preliminary injunction with respect to Amendment No. 3 and
Amendment No. 4 to AMP's Rights Plan. Also on October 9, 1998, AlliedSignal
filed a Motion for an Expedited Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for
the Third Circuit, requesting that briefing for the appeals be completed by
October 16, 1998, with oral argument, if necessary, to be held as soon as
practicable thereafter.

     On October 13, 1998, AMP filed in the District Court a motion for expedited
discovery in the form of depositions of the AlliedSignal Nominees. AlliedSignal
filed its opposition to this motion on October 19, 1998. The Court granted AMP's
motion for leave for expedited discovery in an order issued October 22, 1998.

     AlliedSignal filed a Supplement to its Motion for an Expedited Appeal, as
well as its opening appellate brief and supporting materials, in the Court of
Appeals on October 13, 1998. AMP responded to the Motion for an Expedited Appeal
on October 14, 1998 and AlliedSignal filed its reply on October 14, 1998. The
Court of Appeals has granted the motion for expedited review, and set a briefing
schedule. On October 20, AMP filed with the Court of Appeals its brief in
opposition. On October 19, 1998, College Retirement Equities Fund and the
shareholders group plaintiffs separately filed briefs of amicus curiae in
support of reversal of the District Court's decision. AlliedSignal filed its
reply brief on October 23, 1998. AMP filed its brief in reply to the briefs of
the amici curiae on October 29, 1998.

     On October 14, 1998, AMP filed in the District Court a motion for partial
summary judgment on Count Four in the First Amended Complaint against
AlliedSignal requesting that the Court find the shares of AMP Common Stock held
by AlliedSignal to be "control shares" under Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and seeking to have the Court enjoin
AlliedSignal from voting such shares until its voting rights are restored in
accordance with Subchapter G. On October 29, 1998, AlliedSignal filed its
cross-motion for partial summary judgment dismissing Count Four in AMP's First
Amended Complaint. AMP's reply memorandum of law was filed on November 4, 1998.
The Court heard argument on the motion on November 4, 1998. No decision has been
rendered.

     On October 21, 1998, the Court considered the question as to whether it had
jurisdiction to review its order of October 8th in light of the appeal of that
order pending in the Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. The Court postponed
until November 4, 1998 a hearing on AlliedSignal's compliance with the order and
AMP's claims that the AlliedSignal nominees are irreconcilably conflicted and
cannot be elected to the AMP Board and requested that each party file briefs on
the jurisdictional issue. On October 21, 1998, the Court entered an order
continuing the injunction under its October 8th order relating to AlliedSignal's
consent solicitation until such time that the Court issues an order dissolving
the injunction. This order was appealed to the Court of Appeals for the Third
Circuit by AlliedSignal on October 23, 1998. On that same date AlliedSignal also
filed a motion to consolidate all appeals pending with the Court of Appeals. On
October 29, 1998, AMP responded to AlliedSignal's motion to consolidate the
pending appeals.

     On October 22, 1998 AlliedSignal filed an emergency motion with the Court
of Appeals for the Third Circuit seeking a stay of the injunction under the
Court's October 8th order pending an expedited appeal or, in the alternative,
for an emergency hearing on the merits of the issues on appeal. AMP filed its
response to this emergency motion on October 26, 1998 and AlliedSignal in turn
filed its reply brief on October 27, 1998. The Court of Appeals denied
AlliedSignal's emergency motion in an order issued on November 2, 1998.

     On October 29, 1998 AMP filed its brief concerning the issue of the Court's
jurisdiction to consider AlliedSignal's compliance with the October 8th order
during the pendency of an appeal of that order. AlliedSignal's response was
filed with the Court on November 2, 1998.

     At the hearing held on November 4, 1998, the Court determined that it would
hear testimony and receive documentary and deposition evidence but could not
take any action with respect to its October 8th Order until AlliedSignal
arranged for the Court of Appeals to remand jurisdiction with respect to the
injunction to the Court. Based on the evidence produced at the hearing, the
Court ruled that AlliedSignal was not in compliance with the Court's October 8th
order and that the consent solicitation remained enjoined until compliance was
established. The Court also found no basis to prevent AlliedSignal's consent
solicitation from proceeding by reason of irreconciliable conflicts.

     Another hearing was held on November 6, 1998 to establish AlliedSignal's
compliance with the October 8th order. Again the Court found that AlliedSignal
had not met the requirements of the October 8th order and continued the
injunction.

AMP Incorporated and subsidiaries
                                      EX-21
AMP Building Technology, Inc.
Wilmington, Delaware

AMP Investments, Inc.
Wilmington, Delaware

AMP Technologies, Inc.
Wilmington, Delaware

Connectware, LLC
Santa Clara, California
(Delaware, U.S.A.)

Madison Cable Corporation
Worchester, Massachusetts

The Whitaker Corporation
Wilmington, Delaware

AMP of Canada, Ltd.
Markham, Canada

AMP S. A. Argentina C.I.Y.F.
Buenos Aires, Argentina

Hitech Harnesses Industria E Comercio De Componentes Electricos
E Eletronicos Ltda.
Manaus, Amazonas Brazil

AMP do Brasil Conectores Electricos E Electronicos Ltda.
Sao Paulo, Brazil

AMP de Chile Conectores Electricos y Electronicos Limitada
Santiago, Chile

AMP de Colombia Ltda.
Bogota, Colombia

AMP de Mexico, S.A.
Mexico City, D.F. Mexico

AMP Amermex, S.A. de C.V.
Hermosillo, Mexico

AMP Osterreich Handelsgesellschaft m.b.H.
Vienna, Austria

AMP Belgium
Zaventem, Belgium
(Branch of AMP-Holland B.V.)

AMP Novotec d.o.o.
Zagreb, Croatia

AMP Czech s.r.o.
Kurim, Czech Republic

AMP Danmark
Viby J, Denmark
(Branch of AMP-Holland B.V.)

AMP Eesti AS
Haabneeme, Estonia

AMP Finland Oy
Helsinki, Finland

AMP de France S.A.
Pontois, France

AMP Holding France S.A.S.
Pontoise, France

AMP Societe Industrielle Materiel Electrique S.A.
Gevrey-Chambertin, France

AMP Export S.A.R.L.
Pontoise, France

AMP Deutschland GmbH
Langen, Germany

JITEX Elektrovertrieb GmbH
Wuppertal, Germany

AMP Hellas MEPE
Athens, Greece

AMP of Great Britain Limited
Stanmore, England

AMP Hungary Manufacturing Co. Ltd.
Esztergom, Hungary

AMP Hungary Trading Co. Ltd.
Budapest, Hungary

AMP Ireland Limited
Dublin, Ireland

AMP Israel Products Ltd.
Tel-Aviv, Israel

AMP Italia S.p.A.
Collegno, Italy

AMP Italia Products S.p.A.
San Salvo, Italy

AMP-Holland B.V.
's-Hertogenbosch, The Netherlands

AMP Technology Europe B.V.
`s-Hertogenbosch, The Netherlands

AMP Trading B.V.
's-Hertogenbosch, The Netherlands

AMP Norge AS
Nesbru, Norway

AMP Polska Sp.z o.o.
Warszawa, Poland

Madison Cable Ltd.
Dundee, Scotland

AMP d.o.o., in Slovenia
Ljubljana, Slovenia

AMP Espanola, S.A.
Barcelona, Spain

AMP PORTUGAL-CONECTORES ELECTRICOS E ELECTRONICOS LDA
Lisbon, Spain

AMP Products South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
Johannesburg, South Africa

AMP Svenska AB
Stockholm, Sweden

AMP (Schweiz) AG
Steinach, Switzerland

AMP (Schweiz) HFI, AG
Steinach, Switzerland

AMP (Schweiz) Produktions AG
Steinach, Switzerland

DeColletage SA St. Maurice
St. Maurice, Switzerland

AMP Elektrik Elektronik Baglanti Sistemleri Ticaret Limited Sirketi
Istanbul, Turkey

AMP China Incorporated
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
(Delaware, USA)

AMP Qingdao Connectors Co. Ltd.
Qingdao, Peoples' Republic of China

AMP TRADING (SHANGHAI) COMPANY LIMITED
Shanghai, Peoples' Republic of China

AMP Shunde Connector, Ltd.
Shunde, People's Republic of China

AMP Suzhou Connector Tool Ltd.
Suzhou, Peoples' Republic of China

Australian AMP Pty. Ltd.
Sydney, Australia

AMP Products Pacific Limited
Hong Kong

AMP India Ltd.
Bangalore, India

AMP Tools (India) Pvt. Ltd.
Cochin, India

AMP (Japan), Ltd.
Kawaskaki-shi, Japan

Carroll Touch International, Ltd.
Tokyo, Japan
(Delaware, U.S.A.)
(Branch of AMP Inc. - Carroll Touch Div.)

AMP Korea
Kyung Sang Buk Do, Korea

AMP Connectors (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

AMP Products (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

New Zealand AMP Ltd.
Auckland, New Zealand

AMP Philippines Inc.
Manila, Philippines

AMP Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Singapore

AMP Manufacturing Singapore Pte., Ltd.
Singapore

AMP Taiwan B.V.
Taipei, Taiwan
(The Netherlands)

AMP Manufacturing Taiwan, Ltd.
Hsin-chu, Taiwan

AMP (Thailand) Limited
Bangkok, Thailand


JOINT VENTURES

AMP Shanghai Ltd.
Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China

AMP-AKZO LinLam vof
Arnhem, The Netherlands
(Dutch vof partnership)

Automotive Wiring Systems Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi, India

Note:   Subsidiaries and joint ventures are incorporated in the
        country/state of location except where indicated
        otherwise.


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To AMP Incorporated:

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation
of our reports dated February 12, 1999 included or incorporated by reference in
this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Form S-8 Registration
Statements, Registration Nos. 33-55318,33-65048, 33-54277, 333-06767 and
333-16107.

Philadelphia, PA
   March 26, 1999                           


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                             5
<LEGEND>
                            THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY
                            FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED
                            FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S 1998
                            FORM 10K AND IS  
		            QUALIFIED BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                      1,000
       
<S>                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>               12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>           DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                          260,934
<SECURITIES>                     11,906
<RECEIVABLES>                 1,060,425
<ALLOWANCES>                          0
<INVENTORY>                     957,303
<CURRENT-ASSETS>              2,618,370
<PP&E>                        4,785,499
<DEPRECIATION>                2,896,369
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                4,785,759
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>         1,472,315
<BONDS>                               0
<COMMON>                         81,912
                 0
                           0
<OTHER-SE>                    2,582,426
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>  4,785,759
<SALES>                       5,481,555
<TOTAL-REVENUES>              5,481,555
<CGS>                         3,903,414
<TOTAL-COSTS>                 3,903,414
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                      0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                      0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>               63,394
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   3,431
<INCOME-TAX>                      1,116
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               2,315
<DISCONTINUED>                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                       0
<CHANGES>                             0
<NET-INCOME>                      2,315
<EPS-PRIMARY>                       .01
<EPS-DILUTED>                       .01
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission